CA2817568A1 - Cancer therapies and diagnostics - Google Patents
Cancer therapies and diagnostics Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2817568A1 CA2817568A1 CA2817568A CA2817568A CA2817568A1 CA 2817568 A1 CA2817568 A1 CA 2817568A1 CA 2817568 A CA2817568 A CA 2817568A CA 2817568 A CA2817568 A CA 2817568A CA 2817568 A1 CA2817568 A1 CA 2817568A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- hdmx
- peptide
- hdm2
- modulating agent
- amino acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 title description 4
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 188
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 105
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 361
- 101000980354 Homo sapiens Protein Mdm4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 315
- 102100024314 Protein Mdm4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 315
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 claims description 281
- 101000721661 Homo sapiens Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 claims description 280
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 275
- 108050002772 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 237
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 236
- 102100032257 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 234
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 212
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 144
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 111
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 107
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 79
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 75
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 63
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 50
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 47
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004802 monitoring treatment efficacy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-IZLXSDGUSA-N Nutlin-3 Chemical group CC(C)OC1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=N[C@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)[C@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)N1C(=O)N1CC(=O)NCC1 BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-IZLXSDGUSA-N 0.000 claims 8
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 221
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 208
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 208
- BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-WUFINQPMSA-N 4-[[(4S,5R)-4,5-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-2-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-yl]-oxomethyl]-2-piperazinone Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=N[C@@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)[C@@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)N1C(=O)N1CC(=O)NCC1 BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-WUFINQPMSA-N 0.000 description 105
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 62
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 42
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 38
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 26
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 25
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 23
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 21
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- -1 Nutlin-3a) Chemical compound 0.000 description 19
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 19
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 16
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 16
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 15
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 13
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 13
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 13
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 150000002678 macrocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 12
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 12
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 11
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 9
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 9
- XQTWDDCIUJNLTR-CVHRZJFOSA-N doxycycline monohydrate Chemical compound O.O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]2C1=C(O)[C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C(N)=O)=C(O)[C@@H](N(C)C)[C@@H]1[C@H]2O XQTWDDCIUJNLTR-CVHRZJFOSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102100040896 Growth/differentiation factor 15 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710194460 Growth/differentiation factor 15 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000891649 Homo sapiens Transcription elongation factor A protein-like 1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101000596402 Mus musculus Neuronal vesicle trafficking-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000800539 Mus musculus Translationally-controlled tumor protein Proteins 0.000 description 6
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101000781972 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) Protein wos2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101001009610 Toxoplasma gondii Dense granule protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100040250 Transcription elongation factor A protein-like 1 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 102000047934 Caspase-3/7 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108700037887 Caspase-3/7 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 208000006332 Choriocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 5
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000004554 glutamine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 4
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100021013 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase 7 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700011958 Ubiquitin-Specific Peptidase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011278 co-treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000010304 tumor cell viability Effects 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000002374 tyrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XVZCXCTYGHPNEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leu-Leu-Pro Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(O)=O XVZCXCTYGHPNEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000005865 alkene metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002983 circular dichroism Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007420 reactivation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009919 sequestration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010040544 threonyl-seryl-phenylalanyl-alanyl-glutamyl-tyrosyl-tryptophyl-asparagyl-leucyl-leucyl-seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000003200 Adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016683 Adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108090000397 Caspase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000567 Caspase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029855 Caspase-3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100038902 Caspase-7 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000007054 Medullary Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BQVUABVGYYSDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nalpha-L-Leucyl-L-tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(NC(=O)C(N)CC(C)C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 BQVUABVGYYSDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002151 Pleural effusion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000033766 Prolymphocytic Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710149951 Protein Tat Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000031673 T-Cell Cutaneous Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010043276 Teratoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100036407 Thioredoxin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010078814 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015098 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000006275 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010083111 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000033559 Waldenström macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006966 adult T-cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007801 affinity label Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000008274 breast adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000003362 bronchogenic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N codeine Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000007241 cutaneous T cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000037828 epithelial carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000003159 intraductal papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004324 lymphatic system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N morphine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000005962 mycosis fungoides Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000030147 nuclear export Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009595 pap smear Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000010198 papillary carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 108010051242 phenylalanylserine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008884 pinocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000025638 primary cutaneous T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011191 terminal modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003553 thiiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 108060008226 thioredoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940094937 thioredoxin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011870 unpaired t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XVZCXCTYGHPNEM-IHRRRGAJSA-N (2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O XVZCXCTYGHPNEM-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-NLJUDYQYSA-N (4r,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-NLJUDYQYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-ethanedithiol Chemical compound SCCS VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027833 14-3-3 protein sigma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RXACEEPNTRHYBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[2-[(2-sulfanylacetyl)amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CS RXACEEPNTRHYBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQMWCYHBHMGBDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-1,2-benzodiazepine-3,4-dione Chemical class N1C(=O)C(=O)C=C2C=CC=CC2=N1 VQMWCYHBHMGBDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTEUBQCAVFVWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-iodopent-1-ene Chemical compound ICCCC=C GTEUBQCAVFVWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026802 72 kDa type IV collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBRJYHWTXTYAOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-iodooct-1-ene Chemical compound ICCCCCCC=C XBRJYHWTXTYAOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDDWRLPTKIOUOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluoren-9-ylmethyl n-[[4-[2-[bis(4-methylphenyl)methylamino]-2-oxoethoxy]phenyl]-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl]carbamate Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(OCC(=O)NC(C=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)C=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C21 JDDWRLPTKIOUOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010000830 Acute leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100022089 Acyl-[acyl-carrier-protein] hydrolase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010001233 Adenoma benign Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 201000003076 Angiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100033393 Anillin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004121 Annexin A5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000672 Annexin A5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030346 Antigen peptide transporter 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100027308 Apoptosis regulator BAX Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006685 Apoptosis regulator BAX Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003402 Arthropod sting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000017915 BDKRB2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100021573 Bcl-2-binding component 3, isoforms 3/4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000964894 Bos taurus 14-3-3 protein zeta/delta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011547 Bouin solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007690 Brenner tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073258 Brenner tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003170 Bronchiolo-Alveolar Adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058354 Bronchioloalveolar carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004649 C2-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102100027217 CD82 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100516563 Caenorhabditis elegans nhr-6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032219 Cathepsin D Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000020313 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051109 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220591047 Cellular tumor antigen p53_K24R_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005243 Chondrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009047 Chordoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009798 Craniopharyngioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108050006400 Cyclin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010016788 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor p21 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038252 Cyclin-G1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033270 Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012623 DNA damaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100030074 Dickkopf-related protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100278318 Dictyostelium discoideum dohh-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007033 Dysgerminoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100030801 Elongation factor 1-alpha 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000009051 Embryonal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014967 Ependymoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001198387 Escherichia coli BL21(DE3) Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007659 Fibroadenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100020997 Fractalkine Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LGWNISYVKDNJRP-FXQIFTODSA-N Gln-Ser-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O LGWNISYVKDNJRP-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RONJIBWTGKVKFY-HTUGSXCWSA-N Gln-Thr-Phe Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N)O RONJIBWTGKVKFY-HTUGSXCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQGBSALYGOXQPE-HTUGSXCWSA-N Glu-Thr-Phe Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N)O CQGBSALYGOXQPE-HTUGSXCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100034338 Glycosyl-phosphatidylinositol-anchored molecule-like protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100031150 Growth arrest and DNA damage-inducible protein GADD45 alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000016621 Hearing disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100027421 Heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000001258 Hemangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021866 Hepatocyte growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000723509 Homo sapiens 14-3-3 protein sigma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000627872 Homo sapiens 72 kDa type IV collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000824278 Homo sapiens Acyl-[acyl-carrier-protein] hydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000732632 Homo sapiens Anillin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000695703 Homo sapiens B2 bradykinin receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000971203 Homo sapiens Bcl-2-binding component 3, isoforms 1/2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000971209 Homo sapiens Bcl-2-binding component 3, isoforms 3/4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914469 Homo sapiens CD82 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000869010 Homo sapiens Cathepsin D Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000884191 Homo sapiens Cyclin-G1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000864646 Homo sapiens Dickkopf-related protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000920078 Homo sapiens Elongation factor 1-alpha 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000854520 Homo sapiens Fractalkine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000997053 Homo sapiens Glycosyl-phosphatidylinositol-anchored molecule-like protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001066158 Homo sapiens Growth arrest and DNA damage-inducible protein GADD45 alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000893549 Homo sapiens Growth/differentiation factor 15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001080568 Homo sapiens Heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000898034 Homo sapiens Hepatocyte growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001044927 Homo sapiens Insulin-like growth factor-binding protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001076408 Homo sapiens Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000624643 Homo sapiens M-phase inducer phosphatase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000585693 Homo sapiens Mitochondrial 2-oxodicarboxylate carrier Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001130862 Homo sapiens Oligoribonuclease, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001041245 Homo sapiens Ornithine decarboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001098170 Homo sapiens P2X purinoceptor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000735365 Homo sapiens Poly(rC)-binding protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000933604 Homo sapiens Protein BTG2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000655540 Homo sapiens Protransforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001131748 Homo sapiens Quinone oxidoreductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000713813 Homo sapiens Quinone oxidoreductase PIG3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000999079 Homo sapiens Radiation-inducible immediate-early gene IEX-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000742859 Homo sapiens Retinoblastoma-associated protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001095783 Homo sapiens Ribonucleoside-diphosphate reductase subunit M2 B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000693970 Homo sapiens Scavenger receptor class A member 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000729945 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase PLK2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000701902 Homo sapiens Serpin B4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000713288 Homo sapiens Solute carrier family 22 member 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000868152 Homo sapiens Son of sevenless homolog 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000631826 Homo sapiens Stearoyl-CoA desaturase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000633605 Homo sapiens Thrombospondin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000610604 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 10B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000611023 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001129796 Homo sapiens p53-induced death domain-containing protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100477978 Hypocrea jecorina (strain QM6a) sor6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100022708 Insulin-like growth factor-binding protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000037396 Intraductal Noninfiltrating Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073094 Intraductal proliferative breast lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000675 Krukenberg Tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000006404 Large Granular Lymphocytic Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018142 Leiomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XWEVVRRSIOBJOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N Leu-Pro-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O XWEVVRRSIOBJOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VULJUQZPSOASBZ-SRVKXCTJSA-N Leu-Pro-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O VULJUQZPSOASBZ-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKVBOOKXVAMKSS-GUBZILKMSA-N Leu-Ser-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O AKVBOOKXVAMKSS-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IDGRADDMTTWOQC-WDSOQIARSA-N Leu-Trp-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O IDGRADDMTTWOQC-WDSOQIARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010073099 Lobular breast carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100023330 M-phase inducer phosphatase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940083338 MDM2 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012819 MDM2-Inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000000172 Medulloblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035490 Megakaryoblastic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010023335 Member 2 Subfamily B ATP Binding Cassette Transporter Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027462 Metastases to ovary Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical group SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005927 Myosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011789 NOD SCID mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000034176 Neoplasms, Germ Cell and Embryonal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010133 Oligodendroglioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021079 Ornithine decarboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010191 Osteitis Deformans Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100037606 P2X purinoceptor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000027868 Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000027190 Peripheral T-cell lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YMIZSYUAZJSOFL-SRVKXCTJSA-N Phe-Ser-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O YMIZSYUAZJSOFL-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002163 Phyllodes Tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010071776 Phyllodes tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007641 Pinealoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010022233 Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039418 Plasminogen activator inhibitor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010035610 Pleural Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002664 Pleural Solitary Fibrous Tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100034956 Poly(rC)-binding protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100036691 Proliferating cell nuclear antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000007327 Protamines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007568 Protamines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940079156 Proteasome inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100026034 Protein BTG2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100032350 Protransforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034576 Quinone oxidoreductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036522 Quinone oxidoreductase PIG3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011530 RNeasy Mini Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100036900 Radiation-inducible immediate-early gene IEX-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038042 Retinoblastoma-associated protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038013 Ribonucleoside-diphosphate reductase subunit M2 B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000010818 SYBR green PCR Master Mix Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100027192 Scavenger receptor class A member 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000010208 Seminoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FIDMVVBUOCMMJG-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Asn-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO FIDMVVBUOCMMJG-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGOWRLSWJCVYAQ-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Asp-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O BGOWRLSWJCVYAQ-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031462 Serine/threonine-protein kinase PLK2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100030326 Serpin B4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010034546 Serratia marcescens nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000097 Sertoli-Leydig cell tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028897 Stearoyl-CoA desaturase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000031672 T-Cell Peripheral Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008717 T-cell large granular lymphocyte leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010076818 TEV protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150006914 TRP1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003615 TRPM2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150095096 TRPM2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000331 Testicular germ cell cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNVMUORYQLCPJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocarbamate Chemical compound NC([S-])=O GNVMUORYQLCPJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102220502122 Thioredoxin domain-containing protein 9_L14Q_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029529 Thrombospondin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PXYJUECTGMGIDT-WDSOQIARSA-N Trp-Arg-Leu Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 PXYJUECTGMGIDT-WDSOQIARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWQCKAPDGQMZQN-IHPCNDPISA-N Trp-Lys-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O NWQCKAPDGQMZQN-IHPCNDPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVTKHGUGBGNBPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trp-P-1 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(C)=C(N)N=C2C LVTKHGUGBGNBPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100040112 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 10B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940126752 Ubiquitin-specific protease 7 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014070 Vestibular schwannoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008383 Wilms tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000021375 Xenogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000012018 Yolk sac tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124532 absorption promoter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021841 acute erythroid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000569 acute exposure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000013593 acute megakaryoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020700 acute megakaryocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium tristearate Chemical compound [Al+3].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940063655 aluminum stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006295 amino methylene group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124650 anti-cancer therapies Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003443 anti-oncogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009175 antibody therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011319 anticancer therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001508 asparagines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001510 aspartic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylidene(dichloro)ruthenium;tricyclohexylphosphanium Chemical compound Cl[Ru](Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C1CCCCC1[PH+](C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1.C1CCCCC1[PH+](C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007180 bile duct carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001531 bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000008275 breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005389 breast carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003149 breast fibroadenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002458 carcinoid tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000025084 cell cycle arrest Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012054 celltiter-glo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001142 circular dichroism spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000009060 clear cell adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004126 codeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004732 colorectal carcinogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010989 colorectal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016576 colorectal neuroendocrine tumor G1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002188 cycloheptatrienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001945 cyclooctatrienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 208000002445 cystadenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007321 cystadenofibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008260 defense mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005906 dihydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GXGAKHNRMVGRPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimagnesium;dioxido-bis[[oxido(oxo)silyl]oxy]silane Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Mg+2].[O-][Si](=O)O[Si]([O-])([O-])O[Si]([O-])=O GXGAKHNRMVGRPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019797 dipotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043264 dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028715 ductal breast carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007273 ductal carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000001991 endodermal sinus tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027858 endometrioid tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000925 erythroid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004101 esophageal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006126 farnesylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000010972 female reproductive endometrioid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011985 first-generation catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003444 follicular lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde Natural products O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002307 glutamic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002309 glutamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000003064 gonadoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000079 gynecomastia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002222 hemangioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005114 heteroarylalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrocodone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002390 hyperplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010569 immunofluorescence imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010073095 invasive ductal breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010985 invasive ductal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073096 invasive lobular breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010024627 liposarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011059 lobular neoplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000016992 lung adenocarcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037829 lymphangioendotheliosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012804 lymphangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000391 magnesium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099273 magnesium trisilicate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000386 magnesium trisilicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019793 magnesium trisilicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006178 malignant mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027202 mammary Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009607 mammography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005649 metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108091086416 miR-192 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091029119 miR-34a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000024191 minimally invasive lung adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002335 monodermal teratoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005181 morphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000022669 mucinous neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002077 muscle cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000012108 neoplastic polyp Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011519 neuroendocrine tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100001221 nontumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000025207 ovarian monodermal teratoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 102100031691 p53-induced death domain-containing protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000026792 palmitoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004019 papillary adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000012111 paraneoplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940075930 picrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M picrate anion Chemical compound [O-]C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000024724 pineal body neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004123 pineal gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950010765 pivalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004224 pleura Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000003437 pleural cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003144 pneumothorax Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113116 polyethylene glycol 1000 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035803 proliferative type breast fibrocystic change Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950008679 protamine sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003207 proteasome inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005495 pyridazyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016691 refractory malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000611 regression analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000916 relative toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QEKVQYCTJHJBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-L ruthenium(2+);styrene;triphenylphosphane;dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ru]Cl.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QEKVQYCTJHJBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000008662 sclerosing adenosis of breast Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002795 scorpion venom Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000008407 sebaceous adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004017 serum-free culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009097 single-agent therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014653 solitary fibrous tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035322 succinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010613 succinylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011885 synergistic combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042863 synovial sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000001644 thecoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioanisole Chemical compound CSC1=CC=CC=C1 HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007723 transport mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(propan-2-yl)silicon Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](C(C)C)C(C)C ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007423 tubular adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010570 urinary bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000747 viability assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003026 viability measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/1703—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- A61K38/1709—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K4/00—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in an undefined or only partially defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K4/12—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in an undefined or only partially defined sequence; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
Abstract
Compositions and methods for increasing p53-dependent transcriptional activity in a cell.
Description
CANCER THERAPIES AND DIAGNOSTICS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/413,199 filed November 11, 2011, the entire content of which application is hereby expressly incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
This invention was made with Government support under Grant No.
5P01CA92625, awarded by the National Institutes of Health, Grant No.
1K22CA128886, awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present disclosure relates to compositions and methods for cancer therapy and diagnostics.
BACKGROUND
As the "guardian of the genome," p53 prevents the emergence of genetically variant clones by activating defense mechanisms, such as induction of senescent-like arrest and apoptotic programs, to prevent replication of defective cells (Lane, Nature, 358:15-16 (1992); Vogelstein et al., Nature, 408:307-310 (2000)). Cancer cells have adopted a number molecular strategies to subvert p53 activity and achieve a pathologic survival advantage (see, e.g., Baker et al., Science, 244:217-221 (1989);
Honda et al., FEBS Lett., 420:25-27 (1997); Momand et al., Cell, 69:1237-1245 (1992); Moll et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 92:4407-4411(1995).
Restoration of p53 activity is a strategy for cancer therapy (see, e.g., Brown et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer, 9:862-873 (2009)). The determination of the crystal structure of the p53-HDM2 binding interface contributed to the development of such strategies, e.g., by revealing that a hydrophobic cleft on the N-terminal surface of the E3 ubiquitin ligase HDM2 (Toledo and Wahl, Nat. Rev. Cancer, 6:909-923 (2006); Marine and Dyer, J.
Cell.
Sci., 120:371-378 (2007); Bartel et al., Int. J. Cancer, 117:469-475 (2005);
Shvarts et al., Genomics, 43:34-42 (1997); Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-5843 (2004)) directly engages the amphipathic a-helix of the p53 transactivation domain (Kussie et al., Science, 274:948-953 (1996)). Consequently, small molecules and peptides that target the p53-binding pocket of HDM2 have been developed (see, e.g., Bernal et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Grasberger et al., J. Med. Chem., 48:909-912 (2005);
Koblish et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 5:160-169 (2006); Kritzer et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 126:9468-9469 (2004); Shangary et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A., 105:3933-3938 (2008); Vassilev et al., Science, 303:844-848 (2004); Yin et al., Angew. Chem.
Int. Ed.
Engl., 44:2704-2707 (2005)). One such agent is the small molecule MDM2 inhibitor, Nutlin-3 (Vassilev et al., Science, 303:844-848 (2004)). It has been shown using these agents that targeting HDM2 in certain tumors that express p53 (e.g., wild-type p53) can lead to a therapeutic surge in p53 levels. Specifically, it has been shown that Nutlin-3 can trigger apoptosis in the absence of other therapeutics in certain tumors (see, e.g., Drakos et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 13:3380-3387 (2007); Tabe et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 15:933-942 (2009)). However, such effects do not occur in all tumors types. Specifically, certain tumors are resistant or more resistant than others to HDM2-targetting therapeutics.
Co-expression of the E3 ubiquitin ligase HDMX with HDM2 can reduce the efficacy of HDM2 targeting agents (see, e.g., Hu et al., Cancer Res., J. Biol. Chem., 281:33030-33035 (2006); Patton et al., Cancer Res., 66:3169-3176 (2006); Wade et al., J.
Biol.
Chem., 281:33036-33044 (2006)).
The role of HDMX in regulating p53 dynamics has been described (see, e.g., Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-5843 (2004); Laurie et al., Nature, 444:61-66 (2006); Ramos et al., Cancer Res., 61:1839-1842 (2001); Wade et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 281:33036-33044 (2006); Wang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 104:12365-(2007)) and in vitro preliminary reports are available for several agents that target HDMX
(see, e.g., Harker et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009); Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009); Hu et al., Cancer Res., 67:8810-8817 (2007);
Kallen et al., J. Biol. Chem., 284:8812-8821 (2009); Li et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008); Michel et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 131:6356-6357 (2009);
Pazgier et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 106:4665-4670 (2009); Reed et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010)).
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/413,199 filed November 11, 2011, the entire content of which application is hereby expressly incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
This invention was made with Government support under Grant No.
5P01CA92625, awarded by the National Institutes of Health, Grant No.
1K22CA128886, awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present disclosure relates to compositions and methods for cancer therapy and diagnostics.
BACKGROUND
As the "guardian of the genome," p53 prevents the emergence of genetically variant clones by activating defense mechanisms, such as induction of senescent-like arrest and apoptotic programs, to prevent replication of defective cells (Lane, Nature, 358:15-16 (1992); Vogelstein et al., Nature, 408:307-310 (2000)). Cancer cells have adopted a number molecular strategies to subvert p53 activity and achieve a pathologic survival advantage (see, e.g., Baker et al., Science, 244:217-221 (1989);
Honda et al., FEBS Lett., 420:25-27 (1997); Momand et al., Cell, 69:1237-1245 (1992); Moll et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 92:4407-4411(1995).
Restoration of p53 activity is a strategy for cancer therapy (see, e.g., Brown et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer, 9:862-873 (2009)). The determination of the crystal structure of the p53-HDM2 binding interface contributed to the development of such strategies, e.g., by revealing that a hydrophobic cleft on the N-terminal surface of the E3 ubiquitin ligase HDM2 (Toledo and Wahl, Nat. Rev. Cancer, 6:909-923 (2006); Marine and Dyer, J.
Cell.
Sci., 120:371-378 (2007); Bartel et al., Int. J. Cancer, 117:469-475 (2005);
Shvarts et al., Genomics, 43:34-42 (1997); Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-5843 (2004)) directly engages the amphipathic a-helix of the p53 transactivation domain (Kussie et al., Science, 274:948-953 (1996)). Consequently, small molecules and peptides that target the p53-binding pocket of HDM2 have been developed (see, e.g., Bernal et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Grasberger et al., J. Med. Chem., 48:909-912 (2005);
Koblish et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 5:160-169 (2006); Kritzer et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 126:9468-9469 (2004); Shangary et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A., 105:3933-3938 (2008); Vassilev et al., Science, 303:844-848 (2004); Yin et al., Angew. Chem.
Int. Ed.
Engl., 44:2704-2707 (2005)). One such agent is the small molecule MDM2 inhibitor, Nutlin-3 (Vassilev et al., Science, 303:844-848 (2004)). It has been shown using these agents that targeting HDM2 in certain tumors that express p53 (e.g., wild-type p53) can lead to a therapeutic surge in p53 levels. Specifically, it has been shown that Nutlin-3 can trigger apoptosis in the absence of other therapeutics in certain tumors (see, e.g., Drakos et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 13:3380-3387 (2007); Tabe et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 15:933-942 (2009)). However, such effects do not occur in all tumors types. Specifically, certain tumors are resistant or more resistant than others to HDM2-targetting therapeutics.
Co-expression of the E3 ubiquitin ligase HDMX with HDM2 can reduce the efficacy of HDM2 targeting agents (see, e.g., Hu et al., Cancer Res., J. Biol. Chem., 281:33030-33035 (2006); Patton et al., Cancer Res., 66:3169-3176 (2006); Wade et al., J.
Biol.
Chem., 281:33036-33044 (2006)).
The role of HDMX in regulating p53 dynamics has been described (see, e.g., Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-5843 (2004); Laurie et al., Nature, 444:61-66 (2006); Ramos et al., Cancer Res., 61:1839-1842 (2001); Wade et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 281:33036-33044 (2006); Wang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 104:12365-(2007)) and in vitro preliminary reports are available for several agents that target HDMX
(see, e.g., Harker et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009); Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009); Hu et al., Cancer Res., 67:8810-8817 (2007);
Kallen et al., J. Biol. Chem., 284:8812-8821 (2009); Li et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008); Michel et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 131:6356-6357 (2009);
Pazgier et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 106:4665-4670 (2009); Reed et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010)).
Cancer remains one of the leading causes of morbidity and mortality in the United States. Improved cancer therapies are required.
SUMMARY
The present disclosure provides compositions and methods for the diagnosis, prognosis, and/or treatment of cancer in a subject.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell. Such methods can include, obtaining or providing a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53), determining whether HDMX is expressed in the cell, and, if HDMX is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents include peptides (e.g., non-cross-linked and cross-linked peptides) having identity to the transactivation domain of p53. In some instances, peptides can have a first level of identity to the p53 transactivation domain for amino acids that correspond to amino acids present in the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, and a second level of identity to the p53 transactivation domain for all other amino acids (e.g., those outside the interacting face). For example, amino acids in the peptide corresponding to those on the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain can be conserved or can be conservative substitutions of amino acids in the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, and amino acids outside those in the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide . In some aspects, peptides can be crosslinked by one or more internal crosslinkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8 shown in FIG. 1C.
The methods disclosed above can also further include contacting the cell with one or more HDM2 modulating agents. Exemplary HDM2 modulating agents can include Nutlin-3 (e.g., Nutlin-3a), including analogues, modifications, improvements, and derivatives thereof In some embodiments, the step of determining whether HDMX is expressed can include detecting the presence of a HDMX and/or a p53-HDMX complex. The methods can also optionally further include determining whether HDM2 is expressed in the cell, and if HDM2 is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, doses of HDMX modulating agents and HDM2 modulating agents administered to a cell or subject are synergistic or additive. In some embodiments, the cells are in vitro. Alternatively or in addition, the cells can be in a subject (e.g., a subject with cancer).
In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell that include obtaining or providing a cell in which p53 activity is not substantially increased upon treatment with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3);
and contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. The methods can also, optionally, include contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, the cells or subjects can be contacted (e.g., treated) with doses of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent that are either synergistic or additive.
In a further aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell that include obtaining or providing a cell that encodes (e.g., genetically encodes) or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53), contacting the cell with a HDMX
modulating agent and an HDM2 modulating agent, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some aspects, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX
modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can be Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose. In some instances, the cell is in vitro. Alternatively, in some instances, the cell is in a subject (e.g., a subject that has cancer).
In some aspects, the present disclosure includes methods for treating cancer in a subject. These methods can include detecting whether functional p53 is encoded (e.g., genetically encoded) or can be expressed in a biological sample comprising or obtained from an abnormally proliferating cell or cancer cell from a subject, if functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed, detecting the level of HDM2, or HDMX, or both, in the sample, selecting a treatment from the group consisting of:
(i) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent;
(ii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDMX modulating agent; and (iii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent and a HDMX
modulating agent, wherein treatment (i) is selected if the level of HDM2 is substantially greater than the level of HDMX in the sample, treatment (ii) is selected if the level of HDMX is substantially greater than the level of HDM2 in the sample, and treatment (iii) is selected if the levels of HDM2 and HDMX are about equal in the sample, thereby selecting a treatment for cancer in the subject, and administering to the subject a treatment in accordance with treatment (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein the selecting of a treatment and the administering of a treatment steps are performed by independent or the same parties at the same or different times. In some instances of such methods the HDM2 modulating agent of (i) is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, treatment (i) is selected if HDM2 is expressed and HDMX is not expressed. In some embodiments, treatment (ii) is selected if HDMX is expressed and HDM2 is not expressed. In some embodiments, treatment (iii) comprises administering the HDM2 inhibitor and the HDMX inhibitor simultaneously or separately. In some instances, the step of detecting the level of HDMX comprises detecting the presence of a p53-HDMX complex. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, the peptides can be cross-linked by one or more internal cross-linkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG.
1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent used or administered in treatment (iii) is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
In other aspects, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, the peptides can be cross-linked by one or more internal cross-linkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the one or more HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
In alternative aspects, the present disclosure further provides an isolated protein complex consisting of p53 and HDMX and antibodies and/or antibody fragments that bind specifically to this isolated protein complex. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for using the isolated protein complex in: cancer diagnostics and/or for monitoring treatment efficacy; and/or for developing personalized therapeutic methods for treating cancer in a subject.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides kits that include compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex; and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides kits that include one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents;
and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered. Kits that include compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex;
and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex and one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more modulating agents; and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered are also provided.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides methods of treating a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy. Such methods can include administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides methods of treating subjects with cancer. These methods can include administering to the subjects one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy and exposing the subject to radiation therapy. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered locally to the gut of the subject. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered systemically. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides having amino acid sequences with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, peptides having amino acid sequences with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved, and peptides having amino acid sequences with at least at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide. In some embodiments, the peptides can be crosslinked by one or more internal crosslinkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX
modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG.
1C.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides internally cross-linked polypeptides comprising at least six contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16 (SEQ
ID NO: 22), wherein: Xaai is Leu or Gln, or is missing; Xaa2 is Ser or is missing; Xaa3 is Gln or is missing; Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala; Xaa5 is Thr or Ala; Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaa7= Ser; Xaa8= Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu; Xaa9 is Leu; Trpio is Tip or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid; Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala; Leun is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaa14= Pro or is missing; Xaa15= Glu, or Gln or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu, or is missing; Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein the side chains of at least two amino acids separated by two, three, or six amino acids are replaced by an internal cross-link. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include wherein: Xaai is Leu or is missing; Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing; Xaa4is Glu; Xaa5 is Thr; Phe6 is Phe; Xaa7is Ser;
Xaa8 is Asp;
Xaa9 is Leu; Trpio is Tip; Xaaii is Lys; Xaa12 is Leu; Leu13 is Leu; Xaamis Pro or is missing; Xaa15is Glu, or is missing; Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one, two, and/or three of Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interaction between the binding face of the peptide and HDMX;
and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13are at least 30% (e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or SEQ ID NO:2. In some embodiments, the peptides comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link selected from a staple shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a stitch shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprise two or more staples selected from Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprises at least one staple and at least one stitch shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are positioned between Xaa7 and Xaa14. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link includes one or more staples in which the at least two amino acids are separated by 6 amino acids. In some embodiments, the internal cross-links are located at one or more positions shown in SEQ ID NOs:2-21.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more cross-linked peptides disclosed herein (e.g., one or more peptides disclosed in Table 1 or FIG. 1C).
In some aspects, the disclosure provides pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more cross-linked peptides disclosed herein (e.g., one or more peptides disclosed in Table 1 or FIG. 1C) and one or more HDM2 modulating agents. In some aspects, the one or more HDM2 modulating agents include Nutlin-3.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Methods and materials are described herein for use in the present invention; other, suitable methods and materials known in the art can also be used. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
All publications, patent applications, patents, sequences, database entries, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and figures, and from the claims.
DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIG lA is a cartoon showing the structure of an exemplary stapled p53 alpha helix.
FIG 1B shows amino acids 14-29 of the amino acid sequence of wild type p53 (SEQ ID NO:2), SAH-p53-8 (SEQ ID NO: 10), and SAH-p53-8H9A (SEQ ID NO: 13).
SUMMARY
The present disclosure provides compositions and methods for the diagnosis, prognosis, and/or treatment of cancer in a subject.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell. Such methods can include, obtaining or providing a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53), determining whether HDMX is expressed in the cell, and, if HDMX is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents include peptides (e.g., non-cross-linked and cross-linked peptides) having identity to the transactivation domain of p53. In some instances, peptides can have a first level of identity to the p53 transactivation domain for amino acids that correspond to amino acids present in the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, and a second level of identity to the p53 transactivation domain for all other amino acids (e.g., those outside the interacting face). For example, amino acids in the peptide corresponding to those on the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain can be conserved or can be conservative substitutions of amino acids in the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, and amino acids outside those in the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide . In some aspects, peptides can be crosslinked by one or more internal crosslinkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8 shown in FIG. 1C.
The methods disclosed above can also further include contacting the cell with one or more HDM2 modulating agents. Exemplary HDM2 modulating agents can include Nutlin-3 (e.g., Nutlin-3a), including analogues, modifications, improvements, and derivatives thereof In some embodiments, the step of determining whether HDMX is expressed can include detecting the presence of a HDMX and/or a p53-HDMX complex. The methods can also optionally further include determining whether HDM2 is expressed in the cell, and if HDM2 is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, doses of HDMX modulating agents and HDM2 modulating agents administered to a cell or subject are synergistic or additive. In some embodiments, the cells are in vitro. Alternatively or in addition, the cells can be in a subject (e.g., a subject with cancer).
In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell that include obtaining or providing a cell in which p53 activity is not substantially increased upon treatment with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3);
and contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. The methods can also, optionally, include contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, the cells or subjects can be contacted (e.g., treated) with doses of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent that are either synergistic or additive.
In a further aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for increasing p53 activity in a cell that include obtaining or providing a cell that encodes (e.g., genetically encodes) or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53), contacting the cell with a HDMX
modulating agent and an HDM2 modulating agent, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some aspects, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX
modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can be Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose. In some instances, the cell is in vitro. Alternatively, in some instances, the cell is in a subject (e.g., a subject that has cancer).
In some aspects, the present disclosure includes methods for treating cancer in a subject. These methods can include detecting whether functional p53 is encoded (e.g., genetically encoded) or can be expressed in a biological sample comprising or obtained from an abnormally proliferating cell or cancer cell from a subject, if functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed, detecting the level of HDM2, or HDMX, or both, in the sample, selecting a treatment from the group consisting of:
(i) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent;
(ii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDMX modulating agent; and (iii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent and a HDMX
modulating agent, wherein treatment (i) is selected if the level of HDM2 is substantially greater than the level of HDMX in the sample, treatment (ii) is selected if the level of HDMX is substantially greater than the level of HDM2 in the sample, and treatment (iii) is selected if the levels of HDM2 and HDMX are about equal in the sample, thereby selecting a treatment for cancer in the subject, and administering to the subject a treatment in accordance with treatment (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein the selecting of a treatment and the administering of a treatment steps are performed by independent or the same parties at the same or different times. In some instances of such methods the HDM2 modulating agent of (i) is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, treatment (i) is selected if HDM2 is expressed and HDMX is not expressed. In some embodiments, treatment (ii) is selected if HDMX is expressed and HDM2 is not expressed. In some embodiments, treatment (iii) comprises administering the HDM2 inhibitor and the HDMX inhibitor simultaneously or separately. In some instances, the step of detecting the level of HDMX comprises detecting the presence of a p53-HDMX complex. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, the peptides can be cross-linked by one or more internal cross-linkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG.
1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent used or administered in treatment (iii) is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
In other aspects, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents can include peptides described herein. In some embodiments, the peptides can be cross-linked by one or more internal cross-linkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the one or more HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
In alternative aspects, the present disclosure further provides an isolated protein complex consisting of p53 and HDMX and antibodies and/or antibody fragments that bind specifically to this isolated protein complex. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for using the isolated protein complex in: cancer diagnostics and/or for monitoring treatment efficacy; and/or for developing personalized therapeutic methods for treating cancer in a subject.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides kits that include compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex; and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides kits that include one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents;
and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered. Kits that include compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex;
and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex and one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more modulating agents; and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered are also provided.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides methods of treating a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy. Such methods can include administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy.
In some aspects, the present disclosure provides methods of treating subjects with cancer. These methods can include administering to the subjects one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy and exposing the subject to radiation therapy. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered locally to the gut of the subject. In some embodiments, the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered systemically. In some embodiments, HDMX modulating agents can include peptides having amino acid sequences with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, peptides having amino acid sequences with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved, and peptides having amino acid sequences with at least at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide. In some embodiments, the peptides can be crosslinked by one or more internal crosslinkers. In some embodiments, p53 is human p53. In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDMX
modulating agent can be SAH-p53-8. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3. In some embodiments, the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG.
1C.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides internally cross-linked polypeptides comprising at least six contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16 (SEQ
ID NO: 22), wherein: Xaai is Leu or Gln, or is missing; Xaa2 is Ser or is missing; Xaa3 is Gln or is missing; Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala; Xaa5 is Thr or Ala; Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaa7= Ser; Xaa8= Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu; Xaa9 is Leu; Trpio is Tip or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid; Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala; Leun is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof; Xaa14= Pro or is missing; Xaa15= Glu, or Gln or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu, or is missing; Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein the side chains of at least two amino acids separated by two, three, or six amino acids are replaced by an internal cross-link. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include wherein: Xaai is Leu or is missing; Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing; Xaa4is Glu; Xaa5 is Thr; Phe6 is Phe; Xaa7is Ser;
Xaa8 is Asp;
Xaa9 is Leu; Trpio is Tip; Xaaii is Lys; Xaa12 is Leu; Leu13 is Leu; Xaamis Pro or is missing; Xaa15is Glu, or is missing; Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one, two, and/or three of Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interaction between the binding face of the peptide and HDMX;
and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13are at least 30% (e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or SEQ ID NO:2. In some embodiments, the peptides comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link selected from a staple shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the internally cross-linked peptides include at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a stitch shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprise two or more staples selected from Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprises at least one staple and at least one stitch shown in Table 1. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are positioned between Xaa7 and Xaa14. In some embodiments, the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link includes one or more staples in which the at least two amino acids are separated by 6 amino acids. In some embodiments, the internal cross-links are located at one or more positions shown in SEQ ID NOs:2-21.
In some aspects, the disclosure provides pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more cross-linked peptides disclosed herein (e.g., one or more peptides disclosed in Table 1 or FIG. 1C).
In some aspects, the disclosure provides pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more cross-linked peptides disclosed herein (e.g., one or more peptides disclosed in Table 1 or FIG. 1C) and one or more HDM2 modulating agents. In some aspects, the one or more HDM2 modulating agents include Nutlin-3.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Methods and materials are described herein for use in the present invention; other, suitable methods and materials known in the art can also be used. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
All publications, patent applications, patents, sequences, database entries, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and figures, and from the claims.
DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIG lA is a cartoon showing the structure of an exemplary stapled p53 alpha helix.
FIG 1B shows amino acids 14-29 of the amino acid sequence of wild type p53 (SEQ ID NO:2), SAH-p53-8 (SEQ ID NO: 10), and SAH-p53-8H9A (SEQ ID NO: 13).
Amino acids critical to the activity of the peptide are shown in boxes.
Tethered amino acids are shown as ..
FIG 1C is a table showing the sequence and other physical characteristics of SAH-p53-8 and other exemplary stapled p53 peptides (SEQ ID NOs:2-21).
FIG 1D is a cartoon showing an exemplary method for stapling peptides.
FIG 1E shows a variety of non-natural amino acids containing olefinic tethers that can be used to generated hydrocarbon stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 1Fa-lfd show a variety of single staple compositions spanning i, i+3; i, i+4, and i, i+7 positions and single staple scanning to generated a library of singly stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 1Ga-1Gh show a variety of staple compositions in multiply stapled peptides and staple scanning to generated a library of multiply stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 111a-1111i shows a variety of staple compositions in tandem stapled peptides and staple scanning to generated a library of tandemly stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 2A-2C are line graphs showing direct binding between recombinant HDMX and FITC-labeled p53 peptides as assessed by fluorescence polarization (A); and competition binding assays using SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 to disrupt binding between FITC-SAH-p53-8 and HDM2 (B) or HDMX (C). mP: units of mill-polarization. Data show mean results of at least three independent experiments plus standard deviation.
FIG 3 is an image showing levels of HDMX, HDM2, FITC-peptide, or Actin as detected by Western blotting. Left side images show total protein detected by Western blot. Right side images show protein detected following immunoprecipitation (IP). 3-actin was included as a loading control. FITC labeled peptides were detected by a fluorescence scan of the Western blot.
FIGs. 4A-4I are line graphs showing cell viability in various cell lines exposed to SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3 or SAH-p53-8H9A. Cells lines used included cancer cell lines (e.g., osteosarcoma, choriocarcinoma, colon cancer, epithelial carcinoma, breast cancer) with differential expression levels of HDM2 or HDMX/MDM2 or MDMX (FIGs. 4A-4E), deficient or dysfunctional p53 (FIGs. 4F-4H), and a non-tumor control (FIG.
41). Cells were exposed to CellTiter-GloTM reagent (Promega) and viability was assessed by ATP-induced chemiluminescence. Data are mean plus standard deviation for experiments performed at least in triplicate.
FIGs. 5A and 5B are images showing that SAH-p53-8 blocks the formation of p53-HDMX complexes. (A) JEG-3 cells were exposed to vehicle, 20 ILLM SAH-p53-8, or 20 ILLM Nutlin-3 for 6 hours. Cellular extracts (input) and anti-HDMX
immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX) were subjected to SDS-PAGE and Western blotting.
Images show levels of p53, HDMX, and HAUSP detected by Western blotting. (B) JEG-3 cells were treated with increasing concentrations of SAH-p53-8 (i.e., 0-20 ILLM SAH-p53-8) in the presence of 10 ILLM MG132 for 6 hours. Cellular extract (input) and anti-HDMX immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX) were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blotting for p53, HDMX, and HAUSP. Input levels represent total protein and IP
represent protein levels detected following immunoprecipitation.
FIGs. 5C-5E are images and derived bar graphs showing that SAH-p53-8, but not Nutlin-3 blocks the formation of p53-HDMX complexes in intact cells. (C) Doxycycline-inducible U2OS cells were treated with or without doxycycline in the presence of Nutlin-3 (10 lM), SAH-p53-8 (10 lM), or both, and induction of HA-HDMX and p53 was detected and quantitated by immunofluorescence. Scale bar, 10 microns (D) Cultured U205 cells were treated with or without doxycycline in the presence of Nutlin-3, SAH-p53-8, or both and then processed for P-LISA. Scale bar, 10 microns (E) Quantitation of p53-HDMX complexes as detected by P-LISA. Data are mean +/- s.d. *p=0.0003, **p=0.0001, unpaired t-test with Welch's correction.
FIG 6A is a bar graph showing that p53-transcriptional activity is reactivated by SAH-p53-8. JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, SAH-p53-8 (20 LM), or Nutlin-3 (20 LM). Transcriptional upregulation was assessed by quantitative PCR. mRNA
levels of HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 in the presence of SAH-p58-8 (left column), Nutlin-3 (middle column), and vehicle control (right column) are shown.
FIG 6B is a line graph showing that p53-dependent apoptosis is reactivated by SAH-p53-8. JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, or increasing concentrations (i.e., 0.3-10 ILLM SAH-p53-8), or Nutlin-3 for 12 hours. The level of apoptosis was then assessed by exposing cells to Caspase-3/7-G10 TM reagent and detecting the cleavage of proluminescent caspase3/7 substrate.
FIGs. 7A and 7B show a line graph and a bar graph, respectively, showing that SAH-p58-8 overcomes HDMX-mediated p53 suppression and blocks tumor growth in vivo. (A) Cohorts (n=7) of JEG-3 xenograft mice were treated with either vehicle (5%
DMSO in D5W), or 10 mg/kg of SAH-p53-8 introduced by daily intravenous injection for 4 days, or Nutlin-3 introduced by daily intravenous injection for 4 days.
Tumor volume was monitored by caliper measurement on days 1, 3, 4, and 5 (statistical significance of data are: day 3; SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle =p=0.032, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 =p=0.032, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.94; Day 4; SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle p=0.008, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 p=0.026, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.88;
Day 5;
SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle p=0.017, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 p=0.037, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.46). (B) Tumors were excised and RNA was isolated and levels of p53 transcription targets HDM2 , p21, and MIC-1 were analyzed by qPCR.
FIG 8 is an image of an immunoblot showing that pharmacologic induction of p53-HDMX complexes sensitizes Nutlin-3-resistant cancer cells to HDMX
inhibition.
MCF-7 breast adenocarcinoma cells were exposed to vehicle, Nutlin-3 (20 IM), or Nutlin-3 (20 t.M) in combination with 5 or 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8. Cells were exposed to MG-132 at 10 M for 6 hours to induce HDMX-p53 complex formation. Cellular extracts (input- left side immunoblot) and anti-HDMX immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX-right side immunoblot) were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blotting. Levels of p53 and HAUSP are shown.
FIGs. 9A-9B are bar graphs showing that SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 act synergistically in reducing tumor cell viability. (A) MCF-7 cells were exposed to increasing concentrations (i.e., 5-20 t.M) of SAH-p53-8 in the presence or absence of 20 ILIM Nutlin-3. Cell viability was assessed at 24 hours by Cell Titer-Glo TM
assay. (B) MCF-7 cells were exposed to increasing concentrations (i.e., 5-20 t.M) of Nutlin-3 in the presence or absence of 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8 and cell viability was assessed as in `(A).' FIGs. 10A-10D are synergy graphs showing SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 synergize.
MCF-7 (A), JEG-3 (B), SJSA-1 (C), and SJSA-X (D) cells were treated with 0.5-SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3, or an equimolar combination. Dose-effect synergy analyses were then performed and are shown.
FIGs. 10E-10G are synergy graphs showing that SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 exhibit synergistic anti-tumor activity in lymphoma and melanoma.
FIGs. 11A-11E are cartoons depicting treatment strategies for caners identified to express p53 and HDM2 (A), p53 and HDMX (C), and p53, HDM2, and HDMX. (B) and (D) show treatment strategies that will fail.
FIG 12 is a cartoon depicting the reactivation of p53 by SAH-p53-8 binding to HDMX.
FIG 13 shows the amino acid sequence of human p53 (SEQ ID NO:1: Genbank Accession Number CAAA42627 (CAA42627.1); gi:50637).
Like reference symbols in the various drawings indicate like elements.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present disclosure is based, inter alia, on the surprising discovery that p53 stapled peptides, e.g., p53 stapled peptides initially developed to target HDM2, bind with high affinity to HDMX. Moreover, the p53 stapled peptides bind to HDMX with 25-fold greater affinity than they do to HDM2. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides novel methods and compositions (e.g., combinations of compositions) for treating or developing treatments for certain cancers.
Cancers suitable for treatment include those in which cancer cells express some level of functional p53, or in which functional p53 expression can be induced.
For example, any cancer cell in which functional p53 is expressed but wherein the levels or activity of p53 are reduced in the cell by HDMX and/or HDMX can be beneficially treated using the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
As disclosed herein, p53 activity can be increased in cancer cells using, in some circumstances (disclosed herein), a HDMX modulating agent (e.g., a stapled peptide such as those disclosed in FIG 1C) alone, or, in other circumstances (also disclosed herein), a combination of a HDMX modulating agent with a HDM2 modulating agent. As shown herein, such increases in p53 activity can lead to reduced viability or death of cancer cells in vitro and in vivo. Accordingly, compositions and methods disclosed herein can be used for the treatment of cancer. Agents suitable for use as HDMX and HDM2 modulating agents in the compositions and methods disclosed herein are disclosed below.
HDMX Modulating Agents HDMX modulating agents encompassed by the present disclosure include agents that increase the expression, levels and/or activity of p53 in a cell by directly (e.g., by binding) or indirectly (e.g., via a molecule or pathway that regulates HDMX
expression and/or activity (e.g., such as the ubiquitination pathway and components of this pathway such as E3 ubiquitin ligase)) inhibiting) the expression (e.g., protein or mRNA
expression) and/or levels (e.g., protein levels) of HDMX in a cell.
In some embodiments, a HDMX agent can include one or more of the agents disclosed below. For example, a HDMX agent can include: (1) one or more non-cross-linked peptides that bind to HDMX; (2) one or more stapled or stitched p53 peptides that bind to HDMX; (3) one or more small molecules that that bind to HDMX; (4) one or more antibodies or antibody fragments that bind (e.g., bind specifically to) HDMX; (5) one or more nucleic acid molecules (e.g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules (e.g., RNAi or siRNA) that reduce HDMX expression; (6) one or more pharmaceuticals that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDMX; and (7) one or more methods that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDMX, and any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7) or any combination of (1) with (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7).
In some embodiments, a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDM2 modulating agent disclosed herein (e.g., the HDMX agent binds specifically to HDMX without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDM2).
In some embodiments, a HDMX modulating agent can bind to HDMX and HDM2. In such embodiments, however, the HDMX inhibitor will generally have a higher binding affinity for HDMX than for HDM2 (for example, the binding affinity of the HDMX modulating agent can be 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 25, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10,000-fold or more for HDMX than for HDM2).
HDMX-Modulating Peptides In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent is a peptide (e.g., a recombinant or synthetically produced peptide). As noted above, such peptides can be non-cross-linked, stapled, or stitched, e.g., so long as the peptides interact with HDMX as described herein.
In some embodiments, HDMX modulating peptides can include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) amino acid sequences related or with identity to a portion or portions of the wild type human p53 protein or amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ
ID NO:1). For example, peptides can include one or more domains of wild-type p53.
Such domains can be naturally contiguous. Alternatively, non-naturally contiguous p53 domains can be combined. In some instances, peptides can include at least six (e.g., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 , 16 or more including 361, less than 361, less than 300, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 25, and less than 20, contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO:1).
In some instances, peptides with identity to a portion or portions of SEQ ID
NO: 1 can have a first level of identity for amino acids corresponding to amino acids in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53) and a second level of identity for amino acids not corresponding to the interacting face.
For example, amino acids corresponding to amino acids in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53) can be conserved or can be conservative substitutions of the amino acids present in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53). In contrast, amino acids outside the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide in SEQ ID
NOs:2, or 22-23). Alternatively or in addition, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include amino acid substitutions and/or deletions, whether conservative or not. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or additions, whether conservative or not.
Accordingly, the amino acid sequence of any peptide disclosed herein can be varied so long as the residues of the interacting face are identical to those of SEQ ID
NO:2 or are conservative substitutions thereof The "interacting face" of the peptides herein includes those amino acid residues of the p53 alpha helix that interact (e.g., interact specifically or bind specifically) with HDMX. Amino acid residues contained within the interacting face of p53, including amino acid residues contained within the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, are known in the art (see, e.g., Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010)). In some instances, amino acids of peptides disclosed herein that correspond to amino acids within the interacting face of p53 as disclosed by Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996) or Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010) can be the same or conservative substitutions of the amino acids disclosed by Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010). For example, in some instances, amino acids in the interacting face of the peptides disclosed herein correspond to Phe19, Trp23, and Leu26 of wild type p53 (SEQ ID NO:1). In some instances, these positions are underlined in the following sequence: LSQETFSDLWKLLPEN (SEQ ID NO:2). Conservative substitutions suitable for inclusion in the peptides disclosed herein are discussed below.
For example, in some instances, a "conservative amino acid substitution" can include substitutions in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). In some instances, in the context of amino acids in the interacting face of the peptides disclosed herein (e.g., SEQ ID NO:1 and SEQ ID NOs:2-21), a conservative amino acid substitution is an amino acid substitution that does not change the structure of the hydrophobic interacting face of the peptide. For example, a conservative amino acid substitution is an amino acid substitution that does not reduce (e.g., substantially reduce) binding of the peptide to HDMX. Methods for detecting any reduction in binding can include comparing binding affinity following conservative amino acid substitution, wherein any amino acid substitution that reduces (e.g., substantially reduces) binding are not conservative amino acid substitutions. In some embodiments, substantially reduced binding can include binding that is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% less than binding of the unmodified peptide to HDMX.
Methods for assessing interaction between a peptide and HDMX are disclosed herein.
Methods for identifying the interactive face of a peptide are known in the art (see, e.g., Broglia et al., Protein sci., 14(10):2668-81, 2005; Hammond et al., J. Pharm.
Sci., 98(1):4589-603, 2009; Ng and Yang, J. Phys. Chem. B., 111(50):13886-93, 2007;
and Bird et al., PNAS USA, 197:14093, 2010).
In some embodiments, peptides include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) at least six (e.g., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 ,or 16) contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence: Xaai-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trpio-Xaaii-Xaa12-Leui3-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaai6(SEQ ID NO: 22), corresponding to the transactivation domain of p53 (e.g., SEQ ID NO:1), wherein each or any of Xaai-Xaas, Xaa7-Xaa9, and Xaa11-Xaa16 are any amino acid (e.g., any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids) or are missing. In some embodiments:
Xaai is Leu or Gln, or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala;
Xaa5 is Thr or Ala;
Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa7= Ser;
Xaa8 = Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Asn);
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trpio is Tip or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid (preferably Arg);
Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala;
Leu13 is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa14= Pro or is missing;
Xaa15= Glu, or Gin or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Gin) or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) amino acids of Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leun, are at least 80% (e.g., 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13 include one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2) conservative or non-conservative substitutions or deletions, wherein the peptide is optionally adapted to have stabilized alpha helical secondary structure.
In some cases the peptides can include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) a portion of SEQ ID NO: 22 having the sequence: Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trpio-Xaaii-Xaai2-Leui3(SEQ ID NO: 23).
In some embodiments, as indicated above, amino acid sequences of the peptides herein can vary outside of those amino acids corresponding to the interacting face of SEQ
ID NO:2 (e.g., Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leui3) almost without limitation. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide in SEQ ID NOs:2, or 22-23). Alternatively or in addition, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include amino acid substitutions and/or deletions, whether conservative or not. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or additions, whether conservative or not.
Accordingly, the amino acid sequence of any peptide disclosed herein can be varied so long as the residues of the interacting face are identical to those of SEQ ID
NO:2 or are conservative substitutions thereof In some instances, peptides can include (e.g.
comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of) LSQETFSDLWKLLPEN (SEQ ID
NO:2).
In some embodiments, the peptides can include (comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) one or more of the peptides disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the HDMX modulating agent can include the peptide TSFAEYWNLLSP (termed PMI (SEQ
ID NO:24)) and LTFEHYWAQLTS (termed pDI (SEQ ID NO:25)) disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating peptides are cross-linked (e.g., stapled or stitched) by one or more intra-peptide cross-linkers. "Peptide stapling" is a term coined from a synthetic methodology wherein two olefin-containing side-chains (e.g., cross-linkable side chains) present in a polypeptide chain are covalently joined (e.g., "stapled together") using a ring-closing metathesis (RCM) reaction to form a cross-linked ring (Blackwell et al., J. Org. Chem., 66: 5291-5302, 2001; Angew et al., Chem.
Int. Ed. 37:3281, 1994). As used herein, the term "peptide stapling," includes the joining of two double bond-containing side-chains, two triple bond-containing side-chains, or one double bond-containing and one triple bond-containing side chain, which may be present in a polypeptide chain, using any number of reaction conditions and/or catalysts to facilitate such a reaction, to provide a singly "stapled" polypeptide.
Additionally, the term "peptide stitching," as used herein, refers to multiple and tandem (e.g., a single amino acid is cross-linked to two amino acids) "stapling" events in a single polypeptide chain to provide a "stitched" (multiply stapled) polypeptide. Peptide stitching is described in WO 2008121767 and in WO 2010/068684, which are both hereby incorporated by reference.
Stapling of a peptide using all-hydrocarbon cross-link has been shown to help maintain its native conformation and/or secondary structure, particularly under physiologically relevant conditions (Schafmiester et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122:5891-5892, 2000; Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470, 2004).
Stapling the polypeptide herein by an all-hydrocarbon crosslink predisposed to have an alpha-helical secondary structure can constrain the polypeptide to its native alpha-helical conformation. The constrained secondary structure may, for example, increase the peptide's resistance to proteolytic cleavage, may increase the peptide's hydrophobicity, may allow for better penetration of the peptide into the target cell's membrane (e.g., through an energy-dependent transport mechanism such as pinocytosis), and/or may lead to an improvement in the peptide's biological activity relative to the corresponding non cross-linked (e.g., "unstitched" or "unstapled") peptide.
Such constraints have been applied to the apoptosis-inducing BID- BH3 alpha-helix, resulting in a higher suppression of malignant growth of leukemia in an animal model compared to the unstitched polypeptide (Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470, 2004;
U.S.
2005/02506890; and U.S. 2006/0008848, each of which is incorporated herein by reference). Suitable cross-links (e.g., which are also referred to in the art as tethers) are described herein and in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0250680, PCT/U52008/058575, USSN 12/864,375 (WO 2009/108261), and WO 2010/148335.
Cross-linked peptides disclosed herein can include natural and non-natural amino acids and have a linkage between the alpha carbons of two amino acids (replacing the side chain of those amino acids). Methods suitable for obtaining (e.g., synthesizing), stapling, and purifying the peptides disclosed herein are known in the art (see, e.g., Bird et. al., Methods in Enzymol., 446:369-386 (2008); Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470 (2004); Schafmeister et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122:5891-5892 (2000);
U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/525,123, filed March 18, 2010; and U.S. Patent No.
7,723,468, issued May 25, 2010, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety) and are described herein (see, e.g., Example 1).
In some embodiments, such cross-linked p53 peptides can exhibit a higher affinity for HDMX than a non-cross-linked or control peptide, e.g., an non-cross-linked peptide having the same amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, cross-linked p53 peptides can penetrate a cell membrane or have higher cell penetrability than a non-cross-linked or control peptide, e.g., a non-cross-linked peptide having the same amino acid sequence.In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include cross-linked versions of one or more of the peptides disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009).
For example, the HDMX modulating agent can include a stapled or stitched version of TSFAEYWNLLSP (termed PMI (SEQ ID NO: 24)) or LTFEHYWAQLTS (termed pDI
(SEQ ID NO: 25)) disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009). In some instances, PMI can be stapled using a crosslink (e.g., an internal crosslink) between any 2 amino acids so long as F, W, and the last L remain intact or are unmodified (e.g., so long as the amino acids in bold in TSFAEYWNLLSP (SEQ ID NO :24) remain intact or are unmodified). In some instances, pDI can be stapled using a crosslink (e.g., an internal crosslink) between any 2 amino acids so long as F, W, and the last L or T
remain intact or are unmodified (e.g., so long as the amino acids in bold in LTFEHYWAQLTS (SEQ
ID
NO:25) or LTFEHYWAQLTS (SEQ ID NO:25) remain intact or are unmodified).
SEQ ID NO:1 is the sequence of human p53. In some instances, cross-linked peptides can include the sequence Leu Ser Gln Glu Thr Phe Ser Asp Leu Trp Lys Leu Leu Pro Glu Asn (amino acids 14 to 29 of SEQ ID NO:1 (SEQ ID NO:2)). Cross-linked peptides can also include Phe Ser Asn Leu Trp Arg Leu Leu Pro Gln Asn (SEQ ID
NO:26) or the sequence Gln Ser Gln Gln Thr Phe Ser Asn Leu Trp Arg Leu Leu Pro Gln Asn (SEQ ID NO:27). In any of the sequence, the side chains of two amino acids separated by 2, 3, 4 or 6 amino acids can be replaced by the linking group R3.
The stapled polypeptide can include all or part (e.g., at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13) of the following amino acid sequence:
Xaa1Ser2G1n3Xaa4Thr5Phe6Xaa7Xaa8Leu9Trp10Xaa11Leu12Leu13Xaa14Xaa15Asn16.
(SEQ ID NO :28) wherein each of Xaai, Xaa4, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaaii, Xaa14, Xaa15 are any amino acid (e.g., any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids).
In some situations:
Xaai = Leu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa4= Glu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3Xaa7= Ser or the linking group R3;
Xaa8 = Asp or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Asn; e.g., Xaa8 can be Asp or Asn) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid (preferably Arg) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa14= Pro or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa15= Glu or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Gln) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3.
In some situations, the peptide comprises SEQ ID NO:28 wherein Xaai = Leu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa4 = Glu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa7 = Ser or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa8 = Asp, Asn or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaaii = Lys, Arg or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R33;
Xaa14 = Pro or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa15 = Glu, Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3.
In the stapled peptides, any position occupied by Gln can be Glu instead and any position occupied by Glu can be Gln instead. Similarly, any position occupied by Asn can be Asp instead and any position occupied by Aps can be Asn instead. The choice of Asn or Arg and Gln or Glu will depend on the desired charge of the stapled peptide.
In some cases the peptide comprises a portion of:
Gln3Xaa4Thr5Phe6Xaa7Xaa8Leu9Trp10Xaa1 1Leu12Leu13 (SEQ ID NO :29).
Within SEQ ID NO :29, the pairs of amino acid that can be cross-linked include, but are not limited to: the 5th and 12th amino acids; 4th and llth amino acids; 7th and llth amino acids; and 7th and 14th amino acids.
A tether or cross-link can extend across the length of one or two helical turns (i.e., about 3.4 or about 7 amino acids). Accordingly, amino acids positioned at i and i+3; i and i+4; or i and i+7 are ideal candidates for chemical modification and cross-linking.
Thus, for example, where a peptide has the sequence ...Xaai, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4, Xaa5, Xaa6, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaa9... (wherein, "..." indicates the optional presence of additional amino acids), cross-links between Xaai and Xaa4, (e.g., i+3) or between Xaai and Xaa5 (e.g., i+4), or between Xaai and Xaa8 (e.g., i+7) are useful as are cross-links between Xaa2 and Xaa5 (e.g., i+3), or between Xaa2 and Xaa6 (e.g., i+4), or between Xaa2 and Xaa9 (e.g., i+7), etc. The polypeptides can include more than one crosslink within the polypeptide sequence to either further stabilize the sequence or facilitate the stabilization of longer polypeptide stretches. If the polypeptides are too long to be readily synthesized in one part, independently synthesized, cross-linked peptides can be conjoined by a technique called native chemical ligation (Bang, et al., J. Am. Chem Soc.
126:1377).
Alternatively or in addition, cross-linked peptides can include one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more, less than 10, less than 9, less than 8, less than 7, less than 6, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 staples and/or stiches.
Internal cross-links (e.g., staples and/or stitches) can be positioned on amino acids within a peptide to conserve the structural relationship of amino acids in the binding or interacting face of the peptide (e.g., to preserve the binding interface of a peptide). For example, one or more of i1416 (see Table 1) can be stapled or stitched to at least one other amino acid to conserve the structural relationship of amino acids in the hydrophobic interaction face (see, e.g., Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010)). Such internal cross-links can include: one or more staples; one or more stitches; and/or a combination of one or more staples with one or more stitches. As noted above, exemplary cross-linked peptides include SEQ
ID
NOs:2-21 (see FIG. IC), and/or SEQ ID NO:9 (e.g., SAH-p53-8)..
Selection of amino acids for modification (e.g., to support an internal cross-link) can also be facilitated by staple scanning. The term "staple scan" refers to the synthesis of a library of stapled peptides whereby the location of the i and i+3; i and i+4; and i and i+7 single and multiple staple, or stitches, are positioned sequentially down the length of the peptide sequence, sampling all possible positions, to identify desired or optimal properties and activities for the stapled or stitched constructs. Examples of staple scanning methods are illustrated in the figures.
In some instances, cross-linked peptides herein include at least two internally cross-linked or stapled amino acids, wherein the at least two amino acids are separated by 2 (i.e., i, i+3, shown in Table 1 as o), 3 (i.e., i, i+4, shown in Table 1 as 0), or, 6 (i.e., i, i+7, shown in Table 1 as A) amino acids. While at least two amino acids are required to support an internal cross-link (e.g., a staple), additional pairs of internally cross-linked amino acids can be included in a peptide, e.g., to support additional internal cross-links (e.g., staples). For example peptides can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more staples.
Alternatively or in addition, peptides can include three internally cross-linked or stitched amino acids. A peptide stitch includes at least three internally cross-linked amino acids, wherein the middle of the three amino acids (referred to here as the core or central amino acid and shown in Table 1 as "i") forms an internal cross-link (between alpha carbons) with each of the two flanking modified amino acids. The core amino acid includes two internally cross-linked side chains, which can be saturated or not saturated.
Amino acids cross-linked to the core amino acid can be separated from the core amino acid in either direction by 2, 3, or 6 amino acids (e.g., i, i-3, i, i-4, i, i-7 (shown in Table 1 as =, =, and v, respectively), i, i+3, i, i+4, i, i+7 (shown in Table 1 as o, 0, and A, respectively), where "i" is the core amino acid). The number of amino acids on either side of the core (e.g., between the core amino acid and an amino acid cross-linked to the core) can be the same or different. In some instances, a stitch can include 3, 4, 5, or more internally cross-linked amino acids. In some instances, peptides can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more stitches.
In some embodiments, peptides herein can include a combination of at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) staple and at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) stitch.
In some embodiments, the tethers, e.g., hydrocarbon staples are used to stabilize structures other than helices. In such cases, the ends of the tethers can be placed at intervals other than at i, i + 3, i + 4, and i + 7.
As disclosed above, peptides herein include at least two modified amino acids that together form an internal (intramolecular) cross-link, wherein the at least two modified amino acids are separated by 2 (i.e., i, i+3, shown in Table 1 as o), 3 (i.e., i, i+4, shown in Table 1 as 0), or, 6 (i.e., i, i+7, shown in Table 1 as A) amino acids. For example, peptides can include cross-linked amino acids at one or more of the positions illustrated in Table 1.
Table 1: Positions of Amino Acids with Internally Cross-Linkable or Cross-Linked Side Chains (within SEQ ID NO:23) Xaai Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4 Xaa5 Phe6 Xaa, Xaao Xaao Trpio Xaaii Xaa12 Leu 13 Xaal 4 Xaa15 Xaal 6 N
i1 El 0 A
N
i2 1=1 0 A
C:
i3 El 0 A
(J1 1¨, = i4 El 0 1¨, = = i5 El 0 A
= = i6 1=1 0 A
= = i7 El 0 A
V = = i8 1=1 0 A
V = = ig El 0 A
V = = i10 1=1 0 V = = i11 1=1 V = = i12 1=1 0 P
V = = 113 V = = 114 r V = =
i15 ul 0, oo V = =
i16 Iv o V = =
r w V =
= 01 V
= = o u, V
=
V
V
V
wherein; "i" is the anchor; o is i+3; o is i+4; A is i+7; = is i-3; = is i-4;
and V is i-7.
1-d n ,-i cp t..) =
-c=-::.--, =
.6.
In some embodiments, the invention features a modified polypeptide of Formula (I), - [Xaa]
N)Xaa]x-1-1\1-1 [Xaa]y , Ri R2 _ z Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
each R1 and R2 are independently H or a C1 to C10 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl;
R3 is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene, or [R4 '-K-R4]; each of which is substituted with 0-6 R5;
R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a C1, C25 C35 C45 C55 C65 C75 C85 C9 or Ci0 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene);
R5 is halo, alkyl, OR65N(R6)2, SR6, SOR6, S02R6, CO2R65 R65 a fluorescent moiety, or a radioisotope;
V \r"
K is 0, S, SO, 502, CO, CO2, CONR65 or ' ` 5 aziridine, episulfide, diol, amino alcohol;
R6 is H, alkyl, or a therapeutic agent;
n is 2, 3, 4 or 6;
x is an integer from 2-10;
w and y are independently an integer from 0-100;
z is an integer from 1-10 (e.g., 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10); and each Xaa is independently an amino acid (e.g., one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids or any naturally occurring non-naturally occurring amino acid);
wherein the polypeptide comprises at least 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID
NO:1 (human p53) or a variant thereof, SEQ ID NO:2 or a variant thereof, or another polypeptide sequence described herein except that: (a) within the 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2 the side chains of at least one pair of amino acids separated by 2, 3 or 6 amino acids is replaced by the linking group, R3, which connects the alpha carbons of the pair of amino acids as depicted in Formula I; and (b) the alpha carbon of the first of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R1 as depicted in formula I and the alpha carbon of the second of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R2 as depicted in Formula I.
In another aspect, the invention features a modified polypeptide of Formula (II), _ _ N )Xaa]x¨I-N-1 [Xaa]y/R8 [Xaah, Ri R2 z _ ¨
Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
each R1 and R2 are independently H or a C1 to C10 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl;
R3 is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene, or [R4 '-K-R4]; each of which is substituted with 0-6 R5;
R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a C15 C25 C35 C45 C55 C65 C75 C85 C9 or Ci0 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene);
R5 is halo, alkyl, OR6, NHR6, N(R6)2, 5R6, 50R6, 502R6, CO2R6, R65 a fluorescent moiety, or a radioisotope;
A
K is 0, S, SO, SO2, CO, CO2, CONR6, or '\ 4 , aziridine, episulfide, diol, amino alcohol, diamine;
R6 is H, alkyl, or a therapeutic agent;
n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
x is an integer from 2-10;
w and y are independently an integer from 0-100;
z is an integer from 1-10 (e.g., 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10); and each Xaa is independently an amino acid (e.g., one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids or any naturally occurring non-naturally occurring amino acid);
R7 is PEG, a tat protein, an affinity label, a targeting moiety, a fatty acid-derived acyl group, a biotin moiety, a fluorescent probe (e.g. fluorescein or rhodamine) linked via, e.g., a thiocarbamate or carbamate linkage;
R8 is H, OH, NH2, NHR8a, NR8aR8b;
wherein the polypeptide comprises at least 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID
NO:1 (human p53) or a variant thereof, SEQ ID NO: 2 or a variant thereof, or another polypeptide sequence described herein except that: (a) within the 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2 the side chains of at least one pair of amino acids separated by 2, 3 or 6 amino acids is replaced by the linking group, R3, which connects the alpha carbons of the pair of amino acids as depicted in formula I; and (b) the alpha carbon of the first of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R1 as depicted in Formula II and the alpha carbon of the second of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R2 as depicted in Formula II.
In the case of Formula I or Formula II, the following embodiments are among those disclosed.
In cases where x = 2 (i.e., i + 3 linkage), R3 can be a C7 alkylene, alkenylene.
Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds. In cases where x = 6 (i.e., i + 4 linkage), R3 can be a Cl, C12 or C13 alkylene or alkenylene. Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds. In cases where x = 3 (i.e., i +
4 linkage), R3 can be a C8 alkylene, alkenylene. Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds.
In certain instances, the two alpha, alpha disubstituted stereocenters (alpha carbons) are both in the R configuration or S configuration (e.g., i, i+4 cross-link), or one stereocenter is R and the other is S (e.g., i, i+7 cross-link). Thus, where Formula I is depicted as N J-1 ____________________ [Xaa]-N, _ R1 R2 [xaa]i -p' ___ cz [xaa],, z _ the C' and C" disubstituted stereocenters can both be in the R configuration or they can both be in the S configuration, for example when x is 3. When x is 6, the C' disubstituted stereocenter is in the R configuration and the C" disubstituted stereocenter is in the S
configuration or the C' disubstituted stereocenter is in the S configuration and the C"
disubstituted stereocenter is in the R configuration. The R3 double bond may be in the E
or Z stereochemical configuration. Similar configurations are possible for the carbons in Formula II corresponding to C' and C" in the formula depicted immediately above.
In some instances R3 is [R4-K-R4']; and R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a Cl, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9 or C10 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene In some instances, the polypeptide includes an amino acid sequence which, in addition to the amino acids side chains that are replaced by a cross-link, have 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acid changes in any of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2.
The tether can include an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety (e.g., C5, C8 or Cii alkyl or a C5, C8 or C11 alkenyl, or C5, C8 or C11 alkynyl). The tethered amino acid can be alpha disubstituted (e.g., C1-C3 or methyl). [Xaa]y and [Xaa], are peptides that can independently comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25 or more contiguous amino acids (preferably 2 or 5 contiguous amino acids) of a p53 polypeptide (e.g., any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 or 2) and [Xaa]x is a peptide that can comprise 3 or 6 contiguous amino acids of acids of a p53 peptide.
The peptide can comprise 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 amino acids, or any number between 20-50 amino acids, or any range between any 2 of the recited number of amino acids, of a p53 polypeptide. The amino acids are contiguous except that one or more pairs of amino acids separated by 3 or 6 amino acids are replaced by amino acid substitutes that form a cross-link, e.g., via R3.
Thus, at least two amino acids can be replaced by tethered amino acids or tethered amino acid substitutes. Thus, where formula I is depicted as H )10 H 0 N ii , _____________________________ [Xaa]-N, J-[Xaa]y.' p' _-x CZ [Xaa]y..
Ri R2 z [Xaa],5 [Xaa] and [Xaa]y,, can each comprise contiguous polypeptide sequences from the same or different p53 peptides. The same is true for Formula II.
The peptides can include 10 (11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more) contiguous amino acids of a p53 polypeptide (e.g., SEQ
ID NOs: 1 or 2) wherein the alpha carbons of two amino acids that are separated by three amino acids (or six amino acids) are linked via R3, one of the two alpha carbons is substituted by R1 and the other is substituted by R2 and each is linked via peptide bonds to additional amino acids.
In some instances the polypeptide acts as dominant negative inhibitor p53 degradation. In some instances, the polypeptide also includes a fluorescent moiety or radioisotope or a moiety that can chelate a radioisotope (e.g., mercaptoacetyltriglycine or 1, 4, 7, 10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N", N"-tetraacetic acid (DOTA)) chelated to a radioactive isotope of Re, In or Y). In some instances, R1 and R2 are methyl;
R3 is C8 alkyl, Cii alkyl, C8 alkenyl, Cii alkenyl, C8 alkynyl, or Cii alkynyl; and x is 2, 3, or 6. In some instances, the polypeptide includes a PEG linker, a tat protein, an affinity label, a targeting moiety, a fatty acid-derived acyl group, a biotin moiety, a fluorescent probe (e.g. fluorescein or rhodamine), or a metal chelating group.
The peptides may contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, individual diastereomers and diastereomeric mixtures and geometric isomers (e.g. Z or cis and E or trans) of any olefins present. All such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included in the present invention. The compounds may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein (e.g., isomers in equilibrium (e.g., keto-enol), wherein alkylation at multiple sites can yield regioisomers), regioisomers, and oxidation products of the compounds disclosed herein (the invention expressly includes all such reaction products). All such isomeric forms of such compounds are included as are all crystal forms.
The peptides can also include amino acids containing both an amino group and a carboxyl group bonded to a carbon referred to as the alpha carbon. Also bonded to the alpha carbon is a hydrogen and a side-chain. Suitable amino acids include, without limitation, both the D- and L- isomers of the 20 common naturally occurring amino acids found in peptides (e.g., A, R, N, C, D, Q, E, G, H, I, L, K, M, F, P, S, T, W, Y, V (as known by the one letter abbreviations)) as well as the naturally occurring and unnaturally occurring amino acids prepared by organic synthesis or other metabolic routes.
Table 2 below provides the structures of the side chains for each of the 20 common naturally-occurring amino acids. In this table the "¨" at right side of each structure is the bond to the alpha carbon.
Table 2 F¨Single [¨Three Amino acid Structure of side chain Letter Letter Alanme A Ala CH3-Arginine I R 1 Arg HN=C(NH2)-NH-(CH2)3-Asparagine I N I Asn H2N-C(0)-CH2-Aspartic acid D Asp H0(0)C-CH2-..... ...................................
Cysteine C Cys HS-CH,-........................................ , .....................
Glutamine 1 Q 1 Gin H,N-C(0)-(CH,),--, Glutamic acid ... E ....... Glu H0(0)C-(CH,)2-_ _______________ Glycine ___________ r G i ......... Gly H-N=CH-NH-CH=C-CH2-Histidine f I His 1 ________________________________________________________ 1 Isoleucine I I I He CH3-CH2-CH(CH3)-Leucine L Leu (CH:1)1-CH-C1-I2-..... ...................................
Lysine K Lys H2N-(CH2)4-Methionine 1 M I Met ....... , CH3-S-(('H,),-, ...............................................................
Phenylalanine F Phe Phenyl-CH,-¨ ............................................................. ¨
-N-(CH2)3-CH-Proline 1 P 1--- Pro 1 ________________________________________________________ 1 Serine 1 S 1 Ser HO-CH,-Threonine 1 T I Thr CH3-CH(OH)-Phenyl-NH-CH=C-CH2-Tryptophan W Trp 1 _________________________________________________________ 1 :
Tyrosine 1 Y 1 Tyr ' 4-0H-Phenyl-CH2-........................................ , .....................
Valine V Val CH3-CH(CH7)-- ................................ . .........
A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of a polypeptide (without abolishing or substantially altering its activity. An "essential" amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of the polypeptide, results in abolishing or substantially abolishing the polypeptide activity.
In some embodiments, the term "essential" amino acid residue as used herein, includes conservative substitutions of the essential amino acid. Generally, the "essential"
amino acid residues are found at the interacting face of the alpha helix.
The symbol " "when used as part of a molecular structure refers to a single bond or a trans or cis double bond.
The term "amino acid side chain" refers to a moiety attached to the a-carbon in an amino acids. For example, the amino acid side chain for alanine is methyl, the amino acid side chain for phenylalanine is phenylmethyl, the amino acid side chain for cysteine is methylthiol, the amino acid side chain for aspartate is carboxymethyl, the amino acid side chain for tyrosine is 4-hydroxyphenylmethyl, etc. Other non-naturally occurring amino acid side chains are also included, for example, those that occur in nature (e.g., an amino acid metabolite) or those that are made synthetically (e.g., an alpha di-substituted amino acid).
The term polypeptide encompasses two or more naturally occurring or synthetic amino acids linked by a covalent bond (e.g., an amide bond). Polypeptides as described herein include full length proteins (e.g., fully processed proteins) as well as shorter amino acids sequences (e.g., fragments of naturally occurring proteins or synthetic polypeptide fragments).
The term "halo" refers to any radical of fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The term "alkyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain, containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-C10 indicates that the group may have from 1 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 1 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl (i.e., -R-).
The term "alkenyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds in either Z or E
geometric configurations. The alkenyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-C10 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "lower alkenyl" refers to a C2-C8 alkenyl chain.
In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkenyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 2 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. The alkynyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-C10 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "lower alkynyl"
refers to a C2-C8 alkynyl chain. In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkynyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 2 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it.
The term "aryl" refers to a 6-carbon monocyclic or 10-carbon bicyclic aromatic ring system wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
The term "arylalkyl" or the term "aralkyl" refers to alkyl substituted with an aryl.
The term "arylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy substituted with aryl.
The term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein includes saturated and partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 3 to 8 carbons, and more preferably 3 to 6 carbons, wherein the cycloalkyl group additionally may be optionally substituted. Preferred cycloalkyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, cyclooctatrienyl, and cyclooctynyl.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, 0, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or furanyl, imidazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, thiophenyl, quinolinyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and the like. The term "heteroarylalkyl" or the term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl substituted with a heteroaryl. The term "heteroarylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy substituted with heteroaryl.
The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a nonaromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, 0, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, aziridinyl, oxiryl, thiiryl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
The term "substituents" refers to a group "substituted" on an alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl group at any atom of that group. Suitable substituents include, without limitation, halo, hydroxy, mercapto, oxo, nitro, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkaryl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkoxycarbonyl, amido, carboxy, alkanesulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, azido, and cyano groups.
In some instances, the hydrocarbon tethers (i.e., cross links) described herein can be further manipulated. In one instance, a double bond of a hydrocarbon alkenyl tether, (e.g., as synthesized using a ruthenium-catalyzed ring closing metathesis (RCM)) can be oxidized (e.g., via epoxidation or dihydroxylation) to provide one of compounds below.
\N)1 [Xaa]3_N, 4.5. 1/4N [Xaa]3_N ,L
/
HO OH
Either the epoxide moiety or one of the free hydroxyl moieties can be further functionalized. For example, the epoxide can be treated with a nucleophile, which provides additional functionality that can be used, for example, to attach a tag (e.g., a radioisotope or fluorescent tag). The tag can be used to help direct the compound to a desired location in the body or track the location of the compound in the body.
Alternatively, an additional therapeutic agent can be chemically attached to the functionalized tether (e.g., an anti-cancer agent such as rapamycin, vinblastine, taxol, etc.). Such derivitization can alternatively be achieved by synthetic manipulation of the amino or carboxy terminus of the polypeptide or via the amino acid side chain.
Other agents can be attached to the functionalized tether, e.g., an agent that facilitates entry of the polypeptide into cells.
While hydrocarbon tethers have been described, other tethers are also envisioned.
For example, the tether can include one or more of an ether, thioether, ester, amine, or amide moiety. In some cases, a naturally occurring amino acid side chain can be incorporated into the tether. For example, a tether can be coupled with a functional group such as the hydroxyl in serine, the thiol in cysteine, the primary amine in lysine, the acid in aspartate or glutamate, or the amide in asparagine or glutamine.
Accordingly, it is possible to create a tether using naturally occurring amino acids rather than using a tether that is made by coupling two non-naturally occurring amino acids. It is also possible to use a single non-naturally occurring amino acid together with a naturally occurring amino acid.
It is further envisioned that the length of the tether can be varied. For instance, a shorter length of tether can be used where it is desirable to provide a relatively high degree of constraint on the secondary alpha-helical structure, whereas, in some instances, it is desirable to provide less constraint on the secondary alpha-helical structure, and thus a longer tether may be desired.
Additionally, while examples of tethers spanning from amino acids i to i+3, i to i+4; and i to i+7 have been described in order to provide a tether that is primarily on a single face of the alpha helix, the tethers can be synthesized to span any combinations of numbers of amino acids.
It is further envisioned that the staple itself may contribute to binding interactions at the surface of the target protein binding site, and thus, may be used to increase affinity while retaining target affinity, as has been reported (Stewart et al, Nature Chem. Biol., 2010; Joseph et al, Cell Cycle, 2010 (supra)).
In some instances, alpha disubstituted amino acids are used in the polypeptide to improve the stability of the alpha helical secondary structure. However, alpha disubstituted amino acids are not required, and instances using mono-alpha substituents (e.g., in the tethered amino acids) are also envisioned.
In some instances it can be useful to create an inactive stapled peptide by replacing one or more (e.g., all three) of Phe6, Trpio, Leu13 of the interacting face of p53 (e.g., of SEQ ID NO:1) with another amino acid, e.g., Ala. Such inactive stapled peptides can be useful, for example, as negative controls.
The stapled polypeptides can include a drug, a toxin, a derivative of polyethylene glycol; a second polypeptide; a carbohydrate, etc. Where a polymer or other agent is linked to the stapled polypeptide is can be desirable for the composition to be substantially homogeneous.
The addition of polyethelene glycol (PEG) molecules can improve the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of the polypeptide. For example, PEGylation can reduce renal clearance and can result in a more stable plasma concentration. PEG is a water soluble polymer and can be represented as linked to the polypeptide as formula:
X0--(CH2CH20)õ--CH2CH2--Y where n is 2 to 10,000 and X is H or a terminal modification, e.g., a C1_4 alkyl; and Y is an amide, carbamate or urea linkage to an amine group (including but not limited to, the epsilon amine of lysine or the N-terminus) of the polypeptide. Y may also be a maleimide linkage to a thiol group (including but not limited to, the thiol group of cysteine). Other methods for linking PEG to a polypeptide, directly or indirectly, are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The PEG can be linear or branched. Various forms of PEG including various functionalized derivatives are commercially available.
PEG having degradable linkages in the backbone can be used. For example, PEG
can be prepared with ester linkages that are subject to hydrolysis. Conjugates having degradable PEG linkages are described in WO 99/34833; WO 99/14259, and U.S.
6,348,558.
In certain embodiments, macromolecular polymer (e.g., PEG) is attached to an agent described herein through an intermediate linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is made up of from 1 to 20 amino acids linked by peptide bonds, wherein the amino acids are selected from the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. Some of these amino acids may be glycosylated, as is well understood by those in the art. In other embodiments, the 1 to 20 amino acids are selected from glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and lysine. In other embodiments, a linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine and alanine. Non-peptide linkers are also possible.
For example, alkyl linkers such as ¨NH(CH2)õC(0)¨, wherein n = 2-20 can be used.
These alkyl linkers may further be substituted by any non-sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C6) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH2, phenyl, etc. U.S.
Pat. No. 5,446,090 describes a bifunctional PEG linker and its use in forming conjugates having a peptide at each of the PEG linker termini.
The stapled peptides can also be modified, e.g., to facilitate cellular uptake or increase in vivo stability, in some embodiments. For example, acylating or PEGylating a peptidomimetic macrocycle facilitates cellular uptake, increases bioavailability, increases blood circulation, alters pharmacokinetics, decreases immunogenicity and/or decreases the needed frequency of administration.
In some embodiments, the stapled peptides disclosed herein have an enhanced ability to penetrate cell membranes (e.g., relative to non-stapled peptides).
These same peptides can also possess, or can be modified to possess, an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 1 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 3 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 10 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 70 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of between 1-70 micromolar. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of between micromolar. In some embodiments, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.1-50%. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.5-10%. For example, a polypeptide can be selected such that the apparent serum binding affinity (Kd*) of the crosslinked polypeptide is 1, 3, 10, 70 micromolar or greater. In other embodiments, the Kd* of the crosslinked polypeptide is 1 to 10, 70, or 700 micromolar. In other embodiments, the crosslinked polypeptides are selected such that it possesses an estimated free fraction in human blood of between 0.1 and 50%, or between 0.15 and 10%. Methods for quantifying the propensity for any particular peptide to bind to serum proteins are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0216688, published August 26, 2010).
In some embodiments, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.1-50%. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.5-10%.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a stapled peptide, or can include a modification to a stapled peptide, disclosed in any one or more of: U.S.
Patent Publication No. 2010/0168388, published July 1, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2010/0216688, published August 26, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/0184628, published July 22, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2009/0047711, published February 19, 2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0088533, published April 2, 2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0326192, published December 31, 2009; U.S.
Patent Publication No. 2009/0275519, published November 5,2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2008/0262200, published October 23, 2008; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/022549, published January 28, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/0113466, published May 6, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0069334, published March 12, 2009, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a stapled peptide, or can include a modification to a stapled peptide, e.g., at the amino and/or carboxyl terminus. In some embodiments, the amino and/or carboxyl terminal modification can include amino and/or carboxyl terminal derivatizations including, but not limited to, for example, N-terminal biotin, N-terminal Ac, N-terminal Ac-bala, N-terminal PEG, C-terminal amide, and/or C-terminal COOH.
In some embodiments, as noted above, the HDMX modulating agent may also bind to HDM2 (e.g., GenBank Accession No.: 228952; GI:228952) and/or HDM4 (also referred to as HDMX; GenBank Accession No.: 88702791; GI:88702791). In such instances, the affinity of the HDMX modulating agent for HDMX will be higher (e.g., substantially higher, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 250, 500, 1000, or 2000 fold higher, or more than 2000 fold higher) than the affinity of the HDMX modulating agent for HDM2 or HDM4.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can bind to both HDM2 and HDMX, but only inhibit (e.g., substantially inhibit) the activity of HDMX.
As noted above, methods of synthesizing the compounds of the described herein are known in the art. Nevertheless, the following exemplary method may be used. It will be appreciated that the various steps may be performed in an alternate sequence or order to give the desired compounds. Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in synthesizing the compounds described herein are known in the art and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W.
Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3d. Ed., John Wiley and Sons (1999); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995), and subsequent editions thereof The peptides of this invention can be made by chemical synthesis methods, which are well known to the ordinarily skilled artisan. See, for example, Fields et al., Chapter 3 in Synthetic Peptides: A User's Guide, ed. Grant, W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, N.Y., 1992, p. 77. Hence, peptides can be synthesized using the automated Merrifield techniques of solid phase synthesis with the a-NH2 protected by either t-Boc or Fmoc chemistry using side chain protected amino acids on, for example, an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer Model 430A or 431.
One manner of making of the peptides described herein is using solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS). The C-terminal amino acid is attached to a cross-linked polystyrene resin via an acid labile bond with a linker molecule. This resin is insoluble in the solvents used for synthesis, making it relatively simple and fast to wash away excess reagents and by-products. The N-terminus is protected with the Fmoc group, which is stable in acid, but removable by base. Any side chain functional groups are protected with base stable, acid labile groups.
Longer peptides could be made by conjoining individual synthetic peptides using native chemical ligation. Alternatively, the longer synthetic peptides can be synthesized by well-known recombinant DNA techniques. Such techniques are provided in well-known standard manuals with detailed protocols. To construct a gene encoding a peptide of this invention, the amino acid sequence is reverse translated to obtain a nucleic acid sequence encoding the amino acid sequence, preferably with codons that are optimum for the organism in which the gene is to be expressed. Next, a synthetic gene is made, typically by synthesizing oligonucleotides which encode the peptide and any regulatory elements, if necessary. The synthetic gene is inserted in a suitable cloning vector and transfected into a host cell. The peptide is then expressed under suitable conditions appropriate for the selected expression system and host. The peptide is purified and characterized by standard methods.
The peptides can be made in a high-throughput, combinatorial fashion, e.g., using a high-throughput multiple channel combinatorial synthesizer available from Advanced Chemtech.
In the modified polypeptides, one or more conventional peptide bonds replaced by a different bond that may increase the stability of the polypeptide in the body. Peptide bonds can be replaced by: a retro-inverso bonds (C(0)-NH); a reduced amide bond (NH-CH2); a thiomethylene bond (S-CH2 or CH2-S); an oxomethylene bond (0-CH2 or 0); an ethylene bond (CH2-CH2); a thioamide bond (C(S)-NH); a trans-olefin bond (CH=CH); a fluoro substituted trans-olefin bond (CF=CH); a ketomethylene bond (C(0)-CHR) or CHR-C(0) wherein R is H or CH3; and a fluoro-ketomethylene bond (C(0)-CFR or CFR-C(0) wherein R is H or F or CH3.
The polypeptides can be further modified by: acetylation, amidation, biotinylation, cinnamoylation, farnesylation, fluoresceination, formylation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, phosphorylation (Ser, Tyr or Thr), stearoylation, succinylation and sulfurylation. The polypeptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, polyethylene glycol (PEG); alkyl groups (e.g., C1-straight or branched alkyl groups); fatty acid radicals; and combinations thereof a,a-Disubstituted non-natural amino acids containing olefinic side chains of varying length can be synthesized by known methods (Williams et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 113:9276, 1991; Schafineister et al., J. Am. Chem Soc., 122:5891, 2000; and Bird et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:369, 2008). For peptides where an i linked to i+7 staple is used (two turns of the helix stabilized) either one S5 amino acid and one R8 is used or one S8 amino acid and one R5 amino acid is used. R8 is synthesized using the same route, except that the starting chiral auxillary confers the R-alkyl-stereoisomer.
Also, 8-iodooctene is used in place of 5-iodopentene. Inhibitors are synthesized on a solid support using solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) on MBHA resin.
Fmoc-protected a-amino acids (other than the olefinic amino acids Fmoc-S5-0H, Fmoc-R8-0H , Fmoc-R8-0H, Fmoc-S8-0H and Fmoc-R5-0H), 2-(6-chloro-1-H-benzotriazole-1-y1)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate (HCTU), and Rink Amide MBHA are commercially available from, e.g., Novabiochem (San Diego, CA).
Dimethylformamide (DMF), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), 1,2-dichloroethane (DCE), fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), and piperidine are commercially available from, e.g., Sigma-Aldrich. Olefinic amino acid synthesis is reported in the art (Williams et al., Org.
Synth., 80:31, 2003).
In some embodiments, stapled peptides can be generated using the following method. Peptides can be synthesized manually using Fmoc solid phase peptide chemistry on Rink amide MBHA resin with loading levels of 0.4-0.6 mmol/g resin. The following protocol was used:
1. The Fmoc protective group was removed with 20% piperidine in NMP for 30 min.
2. The resin was washed with NMP five times.
3. The subsequent Fmoc-protected amino acid was coupled for 30 min (60 min for a cross-linker) using Fmoc-AA (10 equiv., 4 equiv. for a cross-linker), HCTU (9.9 equiv., 3.9 equiv. for a cross-linker), and DIEA (20 equiv., 7.8 equiv. for a cross-linker).
4. The resin was washed with NMP five times.
5. Repeat from step 1.
All peptides were capped with a 13-alanine residue at the N-terminus. CD
experiments make use of peptides that have been acetylated at the N-terminus. The acetylation reaction consisted of deprotection of the Fmoc group as outlined above, followed by reaction with acetic anhydride and DIEA. All other experiments shown make use of fluoresceinated peptides at the N-terminus. To this end, the peptides with the deprotected N-terminus were exposed to fluorescein isothiocyanate in DMF overnight in the presence of DIEA.
Ring-closing metathesis reaction can be performed on the N-terminal capped peptides while still on the solid support in a disposable fritted reaction vessel. The resin was exposed to a 10 mil/ solution of bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)benzylidine ruthenium (IV) dichloride (Grubbs First Generation Catalyst) in 1,2-dichloroethane or dichloromethane for 2 hours. The catalyst addition and 2 hour metathesis reaction was repeated once. The resin-bound peptide was washed with CH2C12 three times and dried under a stream of nitrogen.
Peptides can be cleaved from the resin and deprotected by exposure to Reagent K
(82.5% TFA, 5% thioanisole, 5% phenol, 5% water, 2.5% 1, 2-ethanedithiol) or 95%
TFA, 2.5% water, 2.5% triisopropylsilane and precipitated with methyl-tert-butyl ether at 4 C and lyophilized. Peptides can be purified, e.g., using HPLC and optionally lyophilized.
In some embodiments, the peptides are substantially free of non-stapled peptide contaminants or are isolated. Methods for purifying peptides include, for example, synthesizing the peptide on a solid-phase support. Following cyclization, the solid-phase support may be isolated and suspended in a solution of a solvent such as DMSO, DMSO/dichloromethane mixture, or DMSO/NMP mixture. The DMSO/dichloromethane or DMSO/NMP mixture may comprise about 30%, 40%, 50% or 60% DMSO. In a specific embodiment, a 50%/50% DMSO/NMP solution is used. The solution may be incubated for a period of 1, 6, 12 or 24 hours, following which the resin may be washed, for example with dichloromethane or NMP. In one embodiment, the resin is washed with NMP. Shaking and bubbling an inert gas into the solution may be performed.
Properties of the cross-linked polypeptides of the invention can be assayed, for example, using the methods described below.
Assays to Determine a-Helicity: Compounds are dissolved in an aqueous solution (e.g. 50 mM potassium phosphate solution at pH 7, or distilled H20, to concentrations of 25-50 IM). Circular dichroism (CD) spectra are obtained on a spectropolarimeter (e.g., Jasco J-710) using standard measurement parameters (e.g. temperature, 20 C;
wavelength, 190-260 nm; step resolution, 0.5 nm; speed, 20 nm/sec;
accumulations, 10;
response, 1 sec; bandwidth, 1 nm; path length, 0.1 cm). The a-helical content of each peptide is calculated by dividing the mean residue ellipticity by the reported value for a model helical decapeptide (Yang et al., Methods Enzymol. 130:208 (1986)).
Assays to Determine Melting Temperature (Tm): Peptidomimetic macrocycles or unmodified peptides are dissolved in distilled H20 (e.g. at a final concentration of 50 itt.M) and Tm is determined by measuring the change in ellipticity over a temperature range (e.g. 4 to 95 C) on a spectropolarimeter (e.g., Jasco J-710) using standard parameters (e.g. wavelength 222 nm; step resolution, 0.5 nm; speed, 20 nm/sec;
accumulations, 10; response, 1 sec; bandwidth, 1 nm; temperature increase rate: 1°
C./min; path length, 0.1 cm).
Protease Resistance Assays: The amide bond of the peptide backbone is susceptible to hydrolysis by proteases, thereby rendering peptidic compounds vulnerable to rapid degradation in vivo. Peptide helix formation, however, typically buries the amide backbone and therefore may shield it from proteolytic cleavage. The peptidomimetic macrocycles of the present invention may be subjected to in vitro trypsin proteolysis to assess for any change in degradation rate compared to a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide. For example, the peptidomimetic macrocycle and a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide are incubated with trypsin agarose and the reactions quenched at various time points by centrifugation and subsequent HPLC
injection to quantitate the residual substrate by ultraviolet absorption at 280 nm. Briefly, the peptidomimetic macrocycle and peptidomimetic precursor (5 mcg) are incubated with trypsin agarose (Pierce) (S/E.about.125) for 0, 10, 20, 90, and 180 minutes.
Reactions are quenched by tabletop centrifugation at high speed; remaining substrate in the isolated supernatant is quantified by HPLC-based peak detection at 280 nm. The proteolytic reaction displays first order kinetics and the rate constant, k, is determined from a plot of 1n[S] versus time.
Ex Vivo Stability Assays: Peptidomimetic macrocycles and/or a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide can be each incubated with fresh mouse, rat and/or human serum (e.g. 1-2 mL) at 37 C for, e.g., 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, and 24 hours. Samples of differing macrocycle concentration may be prepared by serial dilution with serum. To determine the level of intact compound, the following procedure may be used: The samples are extracted by transferring 100 ul of sera to 2 ml centrifuge tubes followed by the addition of 10 [IL of 50% formic acid and 500 !IL acetonitrile and centrifugation at 14,000 RPM
for 10 min at 4±2 C. The supernatants are then transferred to fresh 2 ml tubes and evaporated on Turbovap under N2<10 psi, 37 C. The samples are reconstituted in 100 !IL
of 50:50 acetonitrile:water and submitted to LC-MS/MS analysis. Equivalent or similar procedures for testing ex vivo stability are known and may be used to determine stability of macrocycles in serum.
In vitro Binding Assays: To assess the binding and affinity of peptidomimetic macrocycles and peptidomimetic precursors to acceptor proteins, a fluorescence polarization assay (FPA) can be used, for example. The FPA technique measures the molecular orientation and mobility using polarized light and fluorescent tracer. When excited with polarized light, fluorescent tracers (e.g., FITC) attached to molecules with high apparent molecular weights (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides bound to a large protein) emit higher levels of polarized fluorescence due to their slower rates of rotation as compared to fluorescent tracers attached to smaller molecules (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides that are free in solution).
In vitro Displacement Assays to Characterize Antagonists of Peptide-Protein Interactions: To assess the binding and affinity of compounds that antagonize the interaction between a peptide and an acceptor protein, a fluorescence polarization assay (FPA) utilizing a fluoresceinated peptidomimetic macrocycle derived from a peptidomimetic precursor sequence is used, for example. The FPA technique measures the molecular orientation and mobility using polarized light and fluorescent tracer. When excited with polarized light, fluorescent tracers (e.g., FITC) attached to molecules with high apparent molecular weights (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides bound to a large protein) emit higher levels of polarized fluorescence due to their slower rates of rotation as compared to fluorescent tracers attached to smaller molecules (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides that are free in solution). A compound that antagonizes the interaction between the fluoresceinated peptidomimetic macrocycle and an acceptor protein will be detected in a competitive binding FPA experiment.
Binding Assays in Intact Cells: It is possible to measure binding of peptides or crosslinked polypeptides to their natural acceptors in intact cells by immunoprecipitation experiments, e.g., as described herein.
P-LISA and Immunofluorescence. To assess the capacity of SAH-p53-8 to disrupt intracellular complexes of p53/HDMX in intact cells, a P-LISA assay was applied.
U205 cells expressing a doxycycline-inducible HA-HDMX construct (Wang et al., 2007) were seeded onto coverslips and treated with doxycyline for 24 h. SAH-p53-8 (10 lM), enantiomeric Nutlin-3 (10 ilM) (Roche), or both compounds were added for the final 8 h of treatment. The cells were fixed in 3.7% paraformaldehyde, washed in PBS, and permeabilized in 0.2% Triton X-100 for 5 min. Coverslips were then blocked in 10%
normal goat serum in PBS (NGS) for 2 h. For P-LISA, primary antibodies HA.11 (BabCo, 1:500) and FL393 (Santa Cruz, 1:1000) were diluted in PBS/EDTA/0.2%
Triton X-100/2% NGS and incubated at 4 C overnight. Following washes with TBS/0.05%
Tween-20, a proximity ligation in situ assay (P-LISA) was performed according to the manufacturer's protocol (Detection Kit 613, OLink Bioscience) with the following exception: goat anti-rabbit (minus) and anti-mouse (plus) P-LISA probes were diluted in NGS at 1:10 instead of 1:5. Coverslips were mounted on microscope slides and images acquired using OpenLab software (Improvision) and a Zeiss Axioplan 2 microscope.
Nuclear foci (at least 100 cells per treatment) were quantified using Blobfinder software (Centre for Image Analysis, Uppsala University, Sweden). All exposure times and intensity thresholds were set based on doxycycline/Nutlin-3 co-treatment and kept constant for each treatment. The statistical significance of the observed differences in foci number among the treatment conditions was determined using the unpaired t-test with Welch's correction. For standard immunofluorescence imaging of p53 and HDMX, the antibodies indicated above were again employed but following the PBS washes, the slides were incubated (1 h, room temperature) with goat anti-rabbit AF568 (1:1000) and goat anti-mouse AF488 (1:500) (Invitrogen/Molecular Probes) containing 1 ilg/mL
Hoechst. Density slices from each Hoechst image were generated in OpenLab, and used as masks to quantify the nuclear intensity of both p53 and HDMX. Total intensity was defined as average pixel intensity x nuclear area, and was corrected for nuclear size differences. Graphical representation and statistical analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel and Prism software (GraphPad). Cellular Penetrability Assays:
To measure the cell penetrability of peptides or crosslinked polypeptides, intact cells are incubated with fluoresceinated crosslinked polypeptides (10 ILLM) for 4 hrs in serum-free media or in media supplemented with human serum at 37 C, washed twice with media and incubated with trypsin (0.25%) for 10 min at 37 C. The cells are washed again and resuspended in PBS. Cellular fluorescence is analyzed, for example, by using either a FACSCalibur flow cytometer or Cellomics' KineticScan® HCS Reader.
Cellular Efficacy Assays: The efficacy of certain crosslinked polypeptides is determined, for example, in cell-based killing assays using a variety of tumorigenic and non-tumorigenic cell lines and primary cells derived from human or mouse cell populations. Cell viability is monitored, for example, over 24-96 hrs of incubation with crosslinked polypeptides (0.5 to 50 ILLM) to identify those that kill at EC50<10 itt.M.
Several standard assays that measure cell viability are commercially available and are optionally used to assess the efficacy of the crosslinked polypeptides. In addition, assays that measure Annexin V and caspase activation are optionally used to assess whether the crosslinked polypeptides kill cells by activating the apoptotic machinery. For example, the Cell Titer-GloTm assay is used which determines cell viability as a function of intracellular ATP concentration.
In Vivo Stability Assays: To investigate the in vivo stability of crosslinked polypeptides, the compounds are, for example, administered to mice and/or rats by IV, IP, PO or inhalation routes at concentrations ranging from 0.1 to 50 mg/kg and blood specimens withdrawn at 0', 5', 15', 30', 1 hr, 4 hrs, 8 hrs and 24 hours post-injection.
Levels of intact compound in 25 [IL of fresh serum are then measured by LC-MS/MS as above.
In Vivo Efficacy in Animal Models: To determine the anti-oncogenic activity of crosslinked polypeptides of the invention in vivo, the compounds are, for example, given alone (IP, IV, PO, by inhalation or nasal routes) or in combination with sub-optimal doses of relevant chemotherapy (e.g., cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, etoposide).
Leukemia can be monitored, for example, by injecting mice with D-luciferin (60 mg/kg) and imaging the anesthetized animals (e.g., Xenogen In Vivo Imaging System, Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.). Total body bioluminescence is quantified by integration of photonic flux (photons/sec) by Living Image Software (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.). Peptidomimetic macrocycles alone or in combination with sub-optimal doses of relevant chemotherapeutics agents are, for example, administered to leukemic mice (10 days after injection/day 1 of experiment, in bioluminescence range of 14-16) by tail vein or IP routes at doses ranging from 0.1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg for 7 to 21 days.
Optionally, the mice are imaged throughout the experiment every other day and survival monitored daily for the duration of the experiment. Expired mice are optionally subjected to necropsy at the end of the experiment. Another animal model is implantation into NOD-SCID mice of DoHH2, a cell line derived from human follicular lymphoma, that stably expresses luciferase. Another animal model is implantation into NOD-SCID-IL2Rynull (NSG) mice of Luc-JEG-3, a cell line derived from human choriocarcinoma that stably expresses luciferase These in vivo tests optionally generate preliminary pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and toxicology data.
Clinical Trials: To determine the suitability of the crosslinked polypeptides of the invention for treatment of humans, clinical trials can be performed. For example, patients diagnosed with cancer and in need of treatment are selected and separated in treatment and one or more control groups, wherein the treatment group is administered a crosslinked polypeptide of the invention, while the control groups receive a placebo or a known anti-cancer drug. The treatment safety and efficacy of the crosslinked polypeptides of the invention can thus be evaluated by performing comparisons of the patient groups with respect to factors such as survival and quality-of-life.
In this example, the patient group treated with a crosslinked polypeptide show improved long-term survival compared to a patient control group treated with a placebo.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the small molecules disclosed by Reed et al., J. Biol. Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a HDMX
modulating agent can include the small molecule SJ-172550 disclosed by Reed et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the 314-helical I3-peptides disclosed by Harker et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, an HDMX
modulating agent can include the I33-peptide 1353-12 disclosed by Harker et al., Bioorg.
Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the N-acylpolyamines (NAPAs) disclosed by Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety.
For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include NAPA25 disclosed by Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the modified scorpion toxin miniature protein disclosed Li et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include stoppin-1 disclosed by Li et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of thioredoxin-conjugated peptides disclosed by Hu et al., Cancer Res., 67:8810-(2007); Kallen et al., J. Biol. Chem., 284:8812-8821 (2009), which references are hereby incorporated in their entireties. For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include the pDI peptide disclosed by Phan et al., J. Biol. Chem., 285:2174-2183 (2010).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more microRNAs (miRNAs) disclosed by Markey, et al Oncogene, 1-10 (2008), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, a HDMX
modulating agent can include the miRNA miR-34a disclosed by Markey, et al Oncogene, 1-10 (2008).
HDM2 Modulating Agents HDM2 modulating agents encompassed by the present disclosure include any agents that increase the expression, levels and/or activity of p53 in a cell by directly (e.g., by binding HDM2) or indirectly (e.g., by acting on a molecule or pathway that regulates HDM2 expression and/or activity) modulating (e.g., inhibit) the activity (e.g., the E3 ubiquitin ligase activity), expression (e.g., protein or mRNA expression) and/or levels (e.g., protein levels) of HDM2 in a cell.
In some embodiments, a HDM2 agent can include one or more of the agents disclosed below. For example, a HDM2 agent can include: (1) one or more non-stapled peptides that bind to HDM2; (2) one or more stapled p53 peptides that bind to HDM2; (3) one or more small molecules that that bind to HDM2; (4) one or more antibodies or antibody fragments that bind (e.g., bind specifically to) HDM2; (5) one or more nucleic acid molecules (e.g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules (e.g., RNAi or siRNA) that reduce HDM2 expression; (6) one or more pharmaceuticals that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDM2; and (7) one or more methods that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDM2, and any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDMX modulating agent disclosed herein (e.g., the HDM2 agent binds specifically to HDM2 without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDMX).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent can bind to HDM2 and HDMX. In such embodiments, however, the HDMX inhibitor will generally have a higher binding affinity for HDM2 than for HDMX (for example, the binding affinity of the HDM2 modulating agent can be 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more for HDM2 than for HDMX).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can bind to both HDM2 and HDMX, but only inhibit (e.g., substantially inhibit) the activity of HDM2.
In some embodiments, a HDM2 agent can include one or more of the peptides or stapled peptides disclosed herein so long as the peptide or stapled peptide binds to and/or modulates HDM2 (methods for assessing whether an agent modulates HDM2 expression or activity are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/525,123, which is hereby incorporated by reference).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein (e.g., the HDM2 agent binds specifically to HDM2 without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDMX), or is the same as a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein, but has a higher binding affinity for HDM2 than for HDMX (for example, the binding affinity of the HDMX modulating agent can be 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more for HDM2 than for HDMX).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not SAH-p53-8 In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include Nutlin-3a (e.g., C30H30C12N404; molecular weight: 581.4896 [g/mol] (two and three-dimensional structures are shown at world wide web address pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/summary/summary.cgi?cid=216345 for) (F. Hoffinann-La Roche Ltd) (see Arya et al., British J. Cancer, 103:186-195 (2010); Laurie et al. Nature, 444:61-66 (2006): reports that Nutlin-3 binds to HDM2 and HDMX, but binds to with higher affinity than HDMX;), e.g., commercially available Nutlin-3 or Nutlin-3a.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more spiro-oxindoles disclosed by Shangary et al. (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 105:3933-(2008), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include the spiro-oxindoles disclosed by Ding et al. (J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 127:10130-10131 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more benzodiazepinediones disclosed by Grasberger et al. (J. Med. Chem. 48:909-912 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more terphenyl-based helical mimetics disclosed by Yin et al. (Angew. Chem. Int.
Ed. 44:2704-2707 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include antibodies that bind to (e.g., bind specifically to) HDM2 (e.g., monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies or antigen binding fragments of a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody that binds to (e.g., binds specifically to) HDM2. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include the monoclonal antibody MDM2-F4-14 disclosed by Anderson et al.
(International J. Oncology, 31:545-555 (2007), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent includes one or more 'miniature proteins' disclosed by Kritzer et al. (ChemBioChem, 7:29-31 (2006), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, the modulating agent can include the miniature peptide p53AD15_31 disclosed by Kritzer et al.
(ChemBioChem, 7:29-31 (2006)).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent includes one or more microRNAs (miRNAs) disclosed by Pichiorri, et al Cancer Cell, 18:367-381 (2010), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a HDM2 modulating agent can include the miRNA miR-192 disclosed by Pichiorri, et al Cancer Cell, 18:367-381 (2010).
Compositions and/or Methods for Inducing p53 Expression and/or Activity As noted above, any combination of a HDMX modulating agent or a HDMX
modulating agent in combination with a HDM2 modulating agent can be used in combination with a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. Exemplary compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity can include, but are not limited to, ionizing radiation, ultraviolet light, DNA
damaging agents such as etoposide, actinomycin D, doxorubicin, paclitaxel, and other chemotherapeutic agents.
In some embodiments, p53 activity in a cell can be increased by introducing active p53 into a cell (e.g., using viruses (e.g., retroviruses) and/or DNA
transduction). In some embodiments, the active p53 can be expressed from a nucleic acid sequence obtained from the subject and/or the active p53 can be an isolated protein obtained from the subject and optionally coupled to a moiety that increases cell penetrability of the p53.
In some embodiments, p53 activity can be increased by retroviral reconstruction of p53 in a targeted fashion in cancer cells (e.g., cancer cells with diminished p53 activity).
In some embodiments, a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity can include one or more HDM2 inhibitors disclosed herein.
As used herein, the term "expression" includes protein and/or nucleic acid expression and/or protein activity.
Pharmaceutical Compositions In some embodiments, compositions including pharmaceutical compositions, disclosed herein can include: (1) one or more HDMX modulating agents; and/or (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents; and/or (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1)-(3), e.g., any combination of (1) with (2) and/or (3) (e.g., (1) and (2), (1) and (3), and (1), and (2), and (3)).
Furthermore, the methods disclosed herein include the use of any of these compositions, e.g., as compositions or pharmaceutical compositions.
As used herein, the compounds of this invention, including the compounds of formulae described herein, are defined to include pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or prodrugs thereof. A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug"
means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester, or other derivative of a compound or agent disclosed herein which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention. Particularly favored derivatives and prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a mammal (e.g., by allowing an orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into the blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system) relative to the parent species. Preferred prodrugs include derivatives where a group which enhances aqueous solubility or active transport through the gut membrane is appended to the structure of formulae described herein.
The compounds of this invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
Examples of suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, butyrate, citrate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, formate, fumarate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, palmoate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoromethylsulfonate, and undecanoate. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N-(alkyl)4+ salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
The compounds of the formulae described herein can, for example, be administered by injection, intravenously, intraarterially, subdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously; or orally, buccally, nasally, transmucosally, topically, in an ophthalmic preparation, or by inhalation, with a dosage ranging from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight, or according to the requirements of the particular drug.
Alternatively or in addition, the present invention may be administered according to any of the Food and Drug Administration approved methods, for example, as described in CDER Data Standards Manual, version number 004 (which is available at fda.give/cder/dsm/DRG/drg00301.htm).
The methods herein contemplate administration of an effective amount of compound or compound composition to achieve the desired or stated effect.
Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention will be administered from about 1 to about 6 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w). Alternatively, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
In some embodiments, an effective dose of a HDMX modulating agent (e.g., a p53 stapled peptide) can include, but is not limited to, for example, about, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-10000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-5000;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-2500; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-1000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-900; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-800; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-700; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-600; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-500;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-400; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-300;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-200; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-100;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-90; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-80; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-70; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-60; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-50; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-40; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-20; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-15, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 -10, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; or 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-5 mg/kg/day, e.g., administered intravenously.
In some embodiments, an effective dose of SAH-p53-8 can include, but is not limited to, for example, about, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-10000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-5000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-2500;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-1000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-900; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-800; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-700; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-600; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-500; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-400; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-300; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-200;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-100; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-90;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-80; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-70;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-60; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-50; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-40; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-20; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-15, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 -10, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; or 0.00001,0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-5 mg/kg/day, e.g., administered intravenously.
Lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the disease, condition or symptoms, the patient's disposition to the disease, condition or symptoms, and the judgment of the treating physician.
Upon improvement of a patient's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of this invention may be administered, if necessary.
Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained. Patients may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; an additional agent including for example, morphine or codeine; and any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. Alternate compositions of this invention comprise a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. The compositions delineated herein include the compounds of the formulae delineated herein, as well as additional therapeutic agents if present, in amounts effective for achieving a modulation of disease or disease symptoms.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant" refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-a-tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
Cyclodextrins such as a-, 13-, and y-cyclodextrin, may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of compounds of the formulae described herein.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra¨articular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Alternatively or in addition, the present invention may be administered according to any of the Food and Drug Administration approved methods, for example, as described in CDER Data Standards Manual, version number 004 (which is available at fda.give/cder/dsm/DRG/drg00301.htm).
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween 80) and suspending agents.
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, emulsions and aqueous suspensions, dispersions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions and/or emulsions are administered orally, the active ingredient may be suspended or dissolved in an oily phase is combined with emulsifying and/or suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These compositions can be prepared by mixing a compound of this invention with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the active components. Such materials include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
When the compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of the formulae described herein and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 1 to 100%, and more preferably between about 5 to 95% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. The additional agents may be administered separately, as part of a multiple dose regimen, from the compounds of this invention. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the compounds of this invention in a single composition.
The terms "effective amount" and "effective to treat," as used herein, refer to an amount or a concentration of one or more compounds or a pharmaceutical composition described herein utilized for a period of time (including acute or chronic administration and periodic or continuous administration) that is effective within the context of its administration for causing an intended effect or physiological outcome.
Effective amounts of one or more compounds or a pharmaceutical composition for use in the present invention include amounts that promote increased p53 levels (e.g., protein levels) and/or p53 activity (e.g., biological activity) in a cell. A
therapeutically effective amount of a compound is not required to cure a disease but will provide a treatment for a disease.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for using any one or more of the compositions (indicated below as 'X') disclosed herein in the following methods:
Substance X for use as a medicament in the treatment of one or more diseases or conditions disclosed herein (e.g., cancer, referred to in the following examples as 'Y').
Use of substance X for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Y;
and substance X for use in the treatment of Y.
Methods of Treatment/Personalized Medicine The present disclosure includes treatment methods for cancer, e.g., methods for treating cancer in a subject (e.g., a human subject). As used herein, "treatment" means any manner in which one or more of the symptoms of a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) are ameliorated or otherwise beneficially altered. As used herein, amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disorder (e.g., cancer) refers to any lessening, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with treatment by the compositions and methods of the present invention. In some embodiments, treatment can promote or result in, for example, a decrease in the number of cancer cells (e.g., in a subject) relative to the number of cancer cells (e.g., in the subject) prior to treatment; a decrease in the viability (e.g., the average/mean viability) of cancer cell(s) (e.g., in a subject) relative to the viability (e.g., the average/mean viability) of cancer cell(s) (e.g., in the subject) prior to treatment; a reduction in tumor size relative to tumor size prior to treatment; and/or reductions in one or more symptoms associated with one or more cancers in a subject relative to the subject's symptoms prior to treatment.
In some embodiments, the methods can include selecting a subject in need of treatment (e.g., a subject at risk for, that has, or that is suffering from, one or more cancers) and administering to the subject an effective dose of one or more of:
(1) one or more HDMX modulating agents; (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents; and (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1) with (2) and (3) (e.g., (1) and (2); (1) and (3); and (1), and (2), and (3)) under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject.
Such methods can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy.
In some embodiments, the methods can include developing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject with cancer. Such methods can include, for example, identifying a subject with cancer cells that are sensitive to HDM2 modulating agents and treating the subject with one or more HDM2 modulating agents; identifying a subject with cancer cells that are sensitive to HDMX modulating agents and treating the subject with one or more HDMX modulating agents; and identifying a subject with cancer cells that are resistant to HDM2 modulating agents and/or HDMX modulating agents and treating the subject with a synergistic combination of one or more HDMX
modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents (see FIGs. 11 and 12). In some embodiments, the methods can include determining the most appropriate treatment for a subject confirmed to have cancer (e.g., by determining the susceptibility of one or more of the subject's cancer cells to treatment using the compositions disclosed herein (e.g., in vitro)), developing a treatment regimen for the subject, and optionally administering to the subject a composition in accordance with the treatment regimen. These methods can include, for example:
(i) selecting a subject having cancer; evaluating (e.g., detecting) the expression and/or activity of p53 in the subject's cancer (e.g., in a cancer cell obtained from the subject (e.g., obtained by biopsy); and, if p53 expression and/or activity is detected, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(ii) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(iii) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject; monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment: and, if the efficacy of the treatment is low, administering to the subject one or more modulators of HDM2;
(iv) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy) and assessing the level of p53 in the sample to determine if the level or activity of p53 is low (e.g., relative to the level or activity of p53 in a cancer cell that exhibits reduced viability when contacted with one or more HDMX
modulating agents. In some embodiments the level of p53 is compared to the level of p53 in a JEG-3 and/or MCF-7 cell or cells. In some embodiments, activity can be assessed by titrating dissociation of HDMX-p53 complexes, as described herein); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected and the level of p53 is low, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the methods can also include providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that further includes administering an effective amount of a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(v) selecting a subject with cancer that has previously received one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3), but whose cancer cells were resistant (e.g., partially resistant) to the HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutli-3); and providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
and/or (vi) selecting a subject with cancer that has previously received one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8), but whose cancer cells were resistant (e.g., partially resistant) to the HDMX modulating agents; and providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, a composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject.
It should be noted that methods (i)-(vi) can be performed independently or together and in any order. Any of methods (i)-(vi) can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy.
In some embodiments, HDMX modulating compositions and methods herein can be used in the treatment of a subject in combination with other anti-cancer therapies or therapeutic methods. For example, HDMX modulating compositions and methods herein can be used in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and antibody therapy.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure includes compositions and methods for treating a subject at risk for developing radiation-induced gastrointestinal syndrome (see, e.g., Kirsch et al., Science, 327:593-596 (2010) for a review). Acute exposure to ionizing radiation can cause lethal damage to the gastrointestinal (GI) tract leading to a condition known as GI syndrome. Overexpression of p53, e.g., in epithelial cells of the GI tract protects the GI against damage caused by acute ionizing radation (Kirsch et al.
(2010).
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present disclosure includes selecting a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy (e.g., ionizing radiation therapy) and developing a treatment regimen for the subject. The treatment regimen can include treating (e.g., administering) the subject with an effective dose of one or more HDMX
modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and/or an effective dose of one or more modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3) prior to (e.g., immediately prior to, one day before, more than one day before, one week before, more than one week before) being exposed to radiation (e.g., ionizing radiation). In some embodiments, the subject can be treated with a single dose or multiple doses of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3) prior to (e.g., immediately prior to, one day before, more than one day before, one week before, more than one week before) being exposed to radiation (e.g., ionizing radiation).
In some embodiments, the dose/doses is/are administered systemically. Alternatively or in addition, the dose/doses is/are administered locally (e.g., locally to the GI
or to the GI
epithelial cells in the GI). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an effective dose of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an effective dose of one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an synergistic dose of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3). The methods can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after treatment to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment, e.g., prior to further radiation therapy (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy of the treatment. These methods can also include administering one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents to a subject in combination with radiation therapy.
Subject Selection The term "subject" is used throughout the specification to describe an animal, human or non-human, to whom treatment according to the methods of the present invention is provided.
As used herein, the terms "cancer", "hyperproliferative" and "neoplastic"
refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. As described herein, the present methods can be used to treat any cancer cell capable of expressing functional p53. For example, any cancer cell in which functional p53 is expressed but wherein the levels or activity of p53 are reduced in the cell by HDMX and/or HDMX can be beneficially treated using the compositions and methods disclosed herein. Wild type p53 activity is not required. For example, cells which express mutant p53 that retains some function can be beneficially treated.
Accordingly, the present disclosure can include: (1) identifying a subject with cancer; and (2) determining if the subject's cancer cells encode or express functional p53;
and (3) treating the subject or developing a treatment for the subject if the subject's cancer cells express functional p53 using the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
For example, p53 function can be assessed in any of the cancers below.
In some instances, a subject or a cell from a subject should be capable of expressing functional p53. Such functional p53 should have some p53 function but does not have to have the same level of function as wild type p53. Accordingly, functional p53 can include mutated p53 that retains some level of function. In some instances, functional p53 can have 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more of the functional activity of wild type p53 (e.g., wild type p53 in a non-cancer cell from the same subject). In some embodiments, a cell may be capable of expressing functional p53 but functional p53 is not detectable (for example, functional p53 is expressed but rapidly degraded in the cell). Such cells can be identified by detecting that the cell encodes functional p53. Such methods can be performed, for example, using e.g., DNA probes and/or by detecting p53 mRNA in the cell or a sample therefrom.
Examples of cancers or neoplastic conditions include, but are not limited to, a fibrosarcoma, myosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, uterine cancer, cancer of the head and neck, skin cancer, brain cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, chorio carcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, non-small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, leukemia, lymphoma, or Kaposi sarcoma.
Examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders.
As used herein, the term "hematopoietic neoplastic disorders" includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus (1991), Crit Rev.
Oncol./Hemotol. 11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin's disease and Reed-Stemberg disease.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the breast include, but are not limited to, proliferative breast disease including, e.g., epithelial hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, and small duct papillomas; tumors, e.g., stromal tumors such as fibroadenoma, phyllodes tumor, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papilloma; carcinoma of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget's disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma, and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms. Disorders in the male breast include, but are not limited to, gynecomastia and carcinoma.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the lung include, but are not limited to, bronchogenic carcinoma, including paraneoplastic syndromes, bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, such as bronchial carcinoid, miscellaneous tumors, and metastatic tumors; pathologies of the pleura, including inflammatory pleural effusions, noninflammatory pleural effusions, pneumothorax, and pleural tumors, including solitary fibrous tumors (pleural fibroma) and malignant mesothelioma.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the colon include, but are not limited to, non-neoplastic polyps, adenomas, familial syndromes, colorectal carcinogenesis, colorectal carcinoma, and carcinoid tumors.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the liver include, but are not limited to, nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and malignant tumors, including primary carcinoma of the liver and metastatic tumors.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the ovary include, but are not limited to, ovarian tumors such as, tumors of coelomic epithelium, serous tumors, mucinous tumors, endometrioid tumors, clear cell adenocarcinoma, cystadenofibroma, Brenner tumor, surface epithelial tumors; germ cell tumors such as mature (benign) teratomas, monodermal teratomas, immature malignant teratomas, dysgerminoma, endodermal sinus tumor, choriocarcinoma; sex cord-stomal tumors such as, granulosa-theca cell tumors, thecomafibromas, androblastomas, hill cell tumors, and gonadoblastoma; and metastatic tumors such as Krukenberg tumors.
Methods for identifying a subject at risk for developing and/or with cancer are known in the art. For example, methods for identifying a subject at risk for developing cancer (e.g., a subject with an increased likelihood for developing cancer) are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7611870 and Jie Li et al., Nature, Identification of high-quality cancer prognostic markers and metastasis network modules (2010)).
Exemplary methods for identifying a subject with cancer are also known in the art and include self-evaluation, clinical evaluation (including physical examination and biopsy), laboratory analysis (e.g., biomarker analysis), the Papanicolaou test (Pap smear), and imaging methods (e.g., mammography, MRI, PET and/or CT scan and angiogram). In some embodiments, the p53-HDMX biomarker disclosed herein is used to identify a subject with cancer (e.g., cancer that is susceptible to treatment with a HDMX
modulating agent).
As used herein, p53 activity can include, but is not limited, for example, p53 transcriptional activity (which can be assessed, e.g., by monitoring the transcription, mRNA levels, or protein levels of a target of p53, e.g., a p53 transcriptional target.
Suitable p53 transcriptional targets are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, e.g., SFN, GADD45A, CRYZ, 5100A2, BTG2, ODC1, TP53I3, TGFA, PCBP4, PLK2, CDC25C, CCNG1, IER3, TAP1, CDKN1A, EEF1A1, THBS2, ANLN, IGFBP3, EGFR, HGF, SERPINE1, MET, N053, TNFRSF10B, SCARA3, RRM2B, GML, DKK1, FAS, SCD, LRDD, CTSD, CD82, HSPA8, P53AIP1, 5LC38A2, MDM2, HDM2, RB1, BDKRB2, MMP2, CX3CL1, SERPINB4, GDF15, BBC3, BAX, PCNA, TRPM2, and P2RXL1) and/or p53 functional activity (e.g., p53 protein-interaction based function, e.g., cell death (e.g., necrosis and apoptosis), and cell cycle arrest). p53 activity can also be assessed by determining p53 transcription, mRNA, or protein levels. Methods for carrying out each of these exemplary methods are well known in the art.
Kits The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be provided in a kit. For example, the kit can include compositions and methods for developing a personalized treatment method for a subject with cancer. In some embodiments, these kits can include compositions for detecting a biomarker of p53 in complex with HDMX (e.g., an antibody that binds specifically to the complex and/or components required to immunoprecipitate p53 or HDMX and to detect p53 or HDMX
by immunoblotting (e.g., a kit can provide a first antibody (e.g., an anti-p53 antibody) to immunoprecipitate p53 and a second antibody (e.g., an anti-HDMX antibody) to detect HDMX by immunoblotting; or a kit can provide a first antibody (e.g., an anti-HDMX
antibody) to immunoprecipitate HDMX and a second antibody (e.g., an anti-p53 antibody) to detect by immunoblotting). In some embodiments, the kit can further include compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, that include: (1) one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8); and/or (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutliln-3); and/or (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1)-(3), e.g., any combination of (1) with (2) and/or (3) (e.g., (1) and (2), (1) and (3), and (1), and (2), and (3) for administering to the subject. In such instances, the compositions for administering to the subject can be personalized to the subject.
Alternatively, the compositions for administering to the subject are not personalized. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods for developing a personalized treatment method and the compositions for administering to the subject are provided in separate and independent kits.
The kits can also include informational material relevant to the compositions and methods of using the compositions. The informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agent for the methods described herein. For example, the informational material relates to the use of the compound to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing cancer. The kits can also include paraphernalia for administering one or more compounds to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient, and any combination of the methods described herein.
In one embodiment, the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g., a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein). In another embodiment, the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing cancer.
The informational material of the kits is not limited in its form. In many cases, the informational material (e.g., instructions) is provided in printed matter, such as in a printed text, drawing, and/or photograph, such as a label or printed sheet.
However, the informational material can also be provided in other formats, such as Braille, computer readable material, video recording, or audio recording. Of course, the informational material can also be provided in any combination of formats.
In addition to the compound, the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, and/or a second agent for treating a condition or disorder described herein. Alternatively, the other ingredients can be included in the kit, but in different compositions or containers than the compound.
In such embodiments, the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients.
The kit can include one or more containers for the pharmaceutical composition.
In some embodiments, the kit contains separate containers, dividers or compartments for the composition and informational material. For example, the composition can be contained in a bottle, vial, or syringe, and the informational material can be contained in a plastic sleeve or packet. In other embodiments, the separate elements of the kit are contained within a single, undivided container. For example, the composition is contained in a bottle, vial or syringe that has attached thereto the informational material in the form of a label. In some embodiments, the kit includes a plurality (e.g., a pack) of individual containers, each containing one or more unit dosage forms (e.g., a dosage form described herein) of the pharmaceutical composition. For example, the kit can include a plurality of syringes, ampoules, foil packets, or blister packs, each containing a single unit dose of the pharmaceutical composition. The containers of the kits can be air tight and/or waterproof, and the containers can be labeled for a particular use. For example, a container can be labeled for use to treat a hearing disorder.
As noted above, the kits optionally include a device suitable for administration of the composition (e.g., a syringe, pipette, forceps, dropper, swab, or any such delivery device).
EXAMPLES
The invention is further described in the following examples, which do not limit the scope of the invention described in the claims.
Example 1: Design, Synthesis, and Characterization of p53 Stapled Peptides To design SAH-p53 compounds, synthetic olefinic derivatives were placed at positions that avoid critical HDM2-binding residues. Hydrocarbon staples spanning the i, i+7 positions were generated by olefin metathesis, as shown in FIG 1A.
Peptide synthesis, olefin metathesis, FITC derivatization, reverse phase HPLC
purification, and amino acid analysis were performed as previously reported.
More specifically, the sequence of SAH-58-8, shown in FIG. 1B as SAH-p53-8, resulted from modification of the wild-type p53 transactivation domain amino acid sequence (amino acids 14-29 of SEQ ID NO:1), also shown in FIG. 1B as WT p5314-29.
Briefly, amino acids at positions S20 and P27 were replaced with synthetic olefinic residues. The structurally reinforcing "hydrocarbon staple" was then generated by olefin metathesis according to the method described in Bird et al., (Methods Enzymol., 446:369-386 (2008)), which methods are hereby incorporated by reference, and illustrated in FIG. 1D. Additional residues not required for HDM2 interaction were also modified to improve peptide solubility and uptake as described by Bernal et al. (J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)). SAH-p58-8 and the methods employed in the design and synthesis of SAH-p53-8 are described in Bernal et al. (J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)), which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference.
SAH-p53-8H9 a control peptide, was generated by substituting amino acid F19 of SAH-p53-8 (an essential amino acid for HDM2 interaction (Bottger et al., J.
Mol. Biol., 269:744-756 (1997)) with alanine. SAH-p53=8F19 serves as a negative control for the biological experiments described herein.
The sequence and other properties of these and other stapled p53 peptides are shown in FIG. 1C. The characteristics of these peptides were assessed. More specifically, to evaluate the structural impact of installing an all-hydrocarbon i, i+ 7 staple, circular dichroism (CD) experiments were performed to determine a-helicity.
As shown in FIC. 1C, while the wild type p53 peptide displayed 11% a-helical content in water at pH 7.0, SAH-p53s 1-4 demonstrated 10-59% a-helicity. SAH-p53-4 also demonstrated improved proteolytic stability. Also as shown in FIG. 1C, while SAH-p53 compounds were incapable of penetrating intact Jurkat T-cells, SAH-p535-8 were cell permeable are were positively charged at physiological pH. Thus positive charge may be a characteristic feature or requirement for cell penetrating peptides.
SAH-p53-5-8 were generated by replacing aspartic and glutamic acids with asparagines and glutamines to adjust peptide charge and mutate select amino acids previously reported to participate in p53 nuclear export (L14Q) and potential ubiquitylation (K24R). These modifications resulted in stapled peptides that exhibited a 2-8.5 fold enhancement in a-helical content, retained high binding affinity for HDM2, and demonstrated time- and temperature-dependent cellular uptake by FACS and confocal microscopy. Cell viability assays using RKO or SJSA-1 cancer cells exposed to SAH-p53 peptides indicated that SAH-p53-8, which contained point mutations in both nuclear export and ubiquitylation sites, was structurally-stabilized, cell-permeable, and promoted cell death.
Example 2: SAH-p53-8 Binds to HDMX and HDM2 Interaction of SAH-p53-8 with HDMX was assessed using fluorescence polarization (FP) using full length HDMX and FITC-labeled stapled peptides, WT-p5314-29, SAH-p53-8, and SAH-p53-8H9A.
Recombinant HDM2 was generated as previously reported (Bernal et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)).
To generate recombinant HDMX, Escherichia coli BL21 (DE3) pLysS containing the plasmid encoding full-length HDMX with N-terminal thioredoxin, S, and hexahistidine tags, and an engineered TEV protease cleavage site (pET32-LIC
vector, Novagen) were cultured in ampicillin- and chloramphenicol-containing Luria-Bertani broth and induced with 0.1 mM isopropyl 13-D-thiogalactoside. Cells were harvested after 6 h by centrifugation for 20 min at 3200 rpm, resuspended in buffer A
(20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 0.5 M NaC1) and lysed by sonication. Cellular debris was pelleted by centrifugation for 30 min at 15,000 rpm, and the supernatant was incubated with Ni-NTA
agarose (Qiagen) for 2 hours. Resin was washed with buffer A and eluted with a gradient of imidazole ranging from 5 mM to 500 mM. The fractions containing the eluted protein were concentrated and treated overnight with recombinant TEV S219V protease (Kapust et al., Protein Eng., 14:993-1000 (2001)) at 4 C. The reaction was concentrated to 2 mL
and purified by size exclusion chromatography using a G200 column. Purity of the protein was assessed by SDS-PAGE and its identity confirmed by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry.
FP assays were performed as previously described (Bernal et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Pitter et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:387-408 (2008)).
Briefly, dissociation constants for peptide-protein interactions were determined by incubating fluoresceinated peptides (25 nM) with full-length HDMX or HDM17-125 (25 pM ¨ 100 nM). Fluorescence polarization was then measured at equilibrium on a SpectraMax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices).
As shown in FIG. 2A, FITC-SAH-p53-8 displayed strong affinity for HDMX
(KD = 2.3 0.2 nM). The affinity for SAH-p53-8 surpassed the affinity of SAH-p53-8 for HDM2 (KB = 55 11 nM previously reported by Bernal et al., (J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)). In contrast, as shown in FIG. 2A, WT-p5314-29 and SAH-p53-8F19A showed no interaction with HDMX in the same dose ranges.
Competition binding assays were also performed to test the capacity of acetyl-capped SAH-p53-8 to disrupt the high affinity complexes of FITC-SAH-p53-8 with HDM2 and HDMX.
FP assays were conducted essentially as described above except FITC-peptide (25 nM) was combined with a serial dilution of Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) or unlabeled SAH-p53-8 followed by addition of HDM2 or HDMX protein (100 nM). IC50 values for FITC-peptide displacement were calculated by nonlinear regression analysis using Prism software (GraphPad).
As shown in FIG. 2B, both SAH-p53-8 and the selective HDM2-inhibitor Nutlin-3 effectively competed with FITC-SAH-p53-8 for HDM2 binding (the relatively larger interaction surface of a stapled peptide compared to a small molecule may explain in part why SAH-p53-8 is more effective than Nutlin-3 in this assay). In contrast, as shown in FIG. 2C, only SAH-p53-8 was capable of dissociating the FITC-SAH-p53-8/HDMX
interaction.
These data demonstrate that SAH-p53-8 targets both HDM2 and HDMX in vitro, and exhibits a greater than 25-fold binding preference for HDMX over HDM2.
Example 3: SAH-p53-8 Binds to Intracellular HDMX and HDM2 The capacity of SAH-p53-8 to target intracellular HDM2 and HDMX was assessed by conducting immunoprecipitation experiments in SJSA-X cells, an overexpressing osteosarcoma cell line engineered to also overexpress HDMX
(Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)).
Briefly, anti-FITC pull down experiments were performed as previously described (Pitter et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:387-408 (2008); Walensky et al., Mol.
Cell., 24:199-210 (2006)), as follows. Cells (1.5 x 106) were treated with FITC-SAH-p53 peptides (15 t.M) and lysed in buffer B (0.1% Triton X-100, 50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 150 mM NaC1, 1 mM PMSF, EDTA-free protease inhibitor tablet (Roche), and 20 units/mL benzonase nuclease (EMD Chemicals). Proteins were co-immunoprecipitated with goat-anti-FITC antibody (AbCam) and western analysis of electrophoresed proteins performed using mouse anti-HDM2 (IF2; EMD Chemicals), rabbit anti-HDMX
(BL1258;
Bethyl Laboratories), and 13-actin (Sigma) antibodies. Fluorescence imaging of the blot was performed using a Typhoon 8600 Imaging System (Molecular Dynamics).
Cells were treated with vehicle, FITC-SAH-p53-8, or FITC-SAH-p53-8F19A for 12 hours. Western blot was used to confirm the presence of FITC-SAH-p53-8 and FITC-SAH-p53-8F19A in the cellular lysates, confirming that both SAH-p53 peptides efficiently penetrated intact SJSA-X cells. Cells were then lysed and anti-FITC pull down was performed, followed by HDM2 and HDMX western analyses. As shown in FIG. 3, native HDM2 and HDMX specifically co-immunoprecipitated with FITC-SAH-p53-8, but not with FITC-SAH-p53-8H9A.
These data extend the in vitro findings by demonstrating that SAH-p53-8 can access both HDM2 and HDMX targets within cells.
Example 4: SAH-p53-8 is Cytotoxic to Cancer Cells that Overexpress HDMX, HDM2, or Both HDMX and HDM2 The impact of SAH-p53-8 treatment on cell viability was evaluated by treating a panel of solid tumor cells that express different levels of HDM2 and/or HDMX.
Cell lines selected for use represent several types of cancer in which the levels of HDM2 and/or HDMX are altered to a degree that results in decreased p53 function.
For example, cell lines used represent human cancers in which: functional HDM2 is overexpressed but HDMX is absent (see SJSA-1); HDM2 is absent but functional HDMX
is overexpressed (see JEG-3); functional HDM2 and function HDMX are both overexpressed (see SJSA-X); and HDM2 and HDMX are expressed (see MCF-7). Cell lines were also included that expressed wild type p53. Cell lines used included:
SJSA-1, a HDM2-overexpressing osteosarcoma that does not express HDMX
(i.e., a HDM2++/HDMX- cell line);
an engineered SJSA-X derivative that overexpresses both HDM2 and HDMX
(i.e., a HDM2++/HDMX++ cell line);
the HDMX-overexpressing choriocarcinoma cell line JEG-3 that does not express HDM2 (i.e., a HDM2-/HDMX++ cell line); and the HDM2 expressing and HDMX expressing breast and colon cancer cell lines MCF-7 and HCT116 (i.e., a HDM2+/HDMX+ cell line) (see Bunz et al., 1999; Chen et al., 2007; Drukteinis et al., 2005; Kwok et al., 1994; Wade et al., 2008; Xia et al., 2008) (i.e., HDM2/HDMX- cell lines). SJSA-DD cells that express the dominant negative p53-DD protein (Shaulian et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 12:5581-5592 (1992) and Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)), HCT116 cells deficient in p53 (Bunz et al., J. Clin.
Invest., 104:263-269 (1999)), and A431 melanoma cells bearing the R273H p53 mutation (Kwok et al., Cancer Res., 54:2834-2836 (1994)) to assess the importance of p53 activity in the therapeutic strategies disclosed herein. Finally, WS1 normal human fibroblasts were tested to evaluate relative toxicity in tumor versus non-transformed cells. Use of these cell lines allows analysis of the effectiveness or efficacy of therapeutic strategies that target HDM2 or HDMX or both in cancer cells.
Cultured cells were maintained in the appropriate media (SJSA-1, SJSA-X, SJSA-DD, A431 (DMEM); JEG-3, MCF-7, WS1 (EMEM); HCT116 (McCoy's 5A)) supplemented with fetal calf serum and penicillin/streptomycin. For viability analysis, 1 x 104 cells were seeded in 96-well plates overnight, washed in PBS, and then incubated with p53 stapled peptides, Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals), or both in OPTI-MEMTm at the indicated doses for 24 h. Viability was assayed by addition of CellTiter-GloTm chemiluminescence reagent according to the manufacturer's protocol (Promega).
Luminescence was measured using a Spectramax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices). Data were normalized to vehicle-treated controls and, where appropriate synergy between SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 was calculated using the Calcusyn software package (Chou, 2006) (Biosoft; Cambridge, UK). All viability assays were performed in at least triplicate.
As noted above, cultured cells were treated with serial dilutions of Nutlin-3, SAH-p53-8, or the SAH-p53-8H9A point mutant control. As shown in FIG. 4A, whereas SJSA-1 cells were very sensitive to treatment with Nutlin-3, SJSA-X and JEG-3 cells showed little to no response to Nutlin-3 (see FIGs. 4B and 4C, respectively).
In other words, Nutlin-3 reduces cell viability in cells that express functional HDM2, but not HDMX (i.e., SJSA-1); however, Nutlin-3 is not effective in cells that do not express HDM2, but that do express HDMX (i.e., JEG-3), and the efficacy of Nutlin-3 is reduced in cells that express both HDM2 and HDMX (i.e., SJSA-X). These observations are consistent with the ability of Nutlin-3 to target HDM2 but not HDMX.
As shown in FIGs. 4D and 4E, MCF-7 and HCT116 cells, which express HDM2 and HDMX, but do not overexpress either protein, were also modestly sensitive to Nutlin-3 treatment, consistent with the co-expression of HDM2 and HDMX in these cells. Thus, these data demonstrate that Nutlin-3 reduces cell viability when HDM2 is overexpressed or expressed, but that the efficacy of Nutlin-3 when used alone is decreased in cells that also overexpress HDMX.
In contrast, as shown in FIG. 4A-4E, SAH-p53-8 caused dose-dependent inhibition of cell viability in all five cell lines. This observation supports that SAH-p53-8 is capable of reactivating the p53 pathway when cells express elevated or normal levels of HDM2, HDMX, or both proteins.
Of note, despite the relatively enhanced capacity of SAH-p53-8 to displace the p53 transactivation helix from HDM2 compared to Nutlin-3 in vitro shown in FIG. 2B, Nutlin-3 was more cytotoxic than SAH-p53-8 in SJSA-1 cells (see FIG. 4A. This apparent discrepancy likely derives from (1) the preferential HDMX-binding activity of SAH-p53-8 compared to HDM2, thus lowering the effective concentration of SAH-p53-8 available for HDM2-targeting, and (2) the potential differential efficiencies of cellular import mechanisms for stapled peptides (i.e. pinocytosis (Bernal et al., J.
Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470 (2004)) and small molecules (i.e. diffusion). Consistent with the in vitro binding data shown herein, which revealed a binding preference of SAH-p53-8 for HDMX over HDM2 (see FIG. 2A), SJSA-X cells were more susceptible to SAH-p53-8 than SJSA-1 cells (see FIGs.
4A and 4B). Moreover, the HDMX-overexpressing JEG-3 cells were most sensitive to SAH-p53-8 but most resistant to Nutlin-3 (see FIG. 4C). This finding is considered in the following mechanistic analysis.
SAH-p53-8 cytoxicity was confirmed to be specifically dependent on wild-type p53 protein activity and does not significantly affect the viability of normal fibroblasts (see FIG. 41). Genetic deletion of p53 from HCT116 cells or overexpression of a dominant negative form of p53 in SJSA-1 cells rendered both cell types completely insensitive to Nutlin-3 and SAH-p53-8 (see FIG. 4F and 4G). As shown in FIG.
4H, the A431 melanoma cell line, which bears an inactivating p53 point mutation, was similarly unaffected by the treatments. As noted above, SAH-p53-8, like Nutlin-3, was found to have no impact on the viability of normal human fibroblasts (see FIG. 41).
As a further measure of specificity, the mutant peptide SAH-p53-8F19A was observed to be inactive in all cell lines tested (see FIG. 4A-4I). These data further indicate that the anti-tumor cell activity of SAH-p53-8 is peptide-sequence dependent and derives from its intracellular targeting of HDM2 and HDMX.
Example 5: SAH-p53-8 Blocks HDMX-Mediated Sequestration of p53 and Reactivates the p53 Tumor Suppressor Pathway Immunoprecipitation Studies Immunoprecipitation studies were performed in the JEG-3 cell line a HDM2-/HDMX++ cell line) to determine whether the pharmacologic advantage of SAH-p53-8 in Nutlin-3-resistant cells derives from HDMX targeting.
Cell culture and immunoprecipitations were performed as described in Example 3 except, for HDMX immunoprecipitation experiments, cells (1.5 x 106) were treated with either SAH-p53-8 alone or Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) alone at the indicated doses in 0.5 mL OPTI-MEMTm (Invitrogen) with or without 10 MG-132 for 6 h. After washing with PBS (2 x 1 mL), the cells were lysed in buffer B. HDMX was immunoprecipitated with anti-HDMX antibody (BL1258; Bethyl Laboratories) and western analysis of electrophoresed protein was conducted using p53 (D0-1; EMD Chemicals or FL-393;
Santa Cruz Biotechnology), HDMX (MDMX-82; Abcam), and HAUSP (anti-USP7, Bethyl Labs) antibodies, and Western Lightning chemiluminescence reagent (PerkinElmer). After 6 hour treatment with vehicle, SAH-p53-8, or Nutlin-3, cellular extracts were prepared and subjected to anti-HDMX pull down, followed by p53 western analysis.
As shown in FIG. 5, JEG-3 were found to have robust levels of p53 protein, which co-immunoprecipitated with HDMX (see FIG. 5A). Whereas an increase in p53 levels was observed upon treatment with either SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (see FIG.
'input'), only SAH-p53-8 treatment impacted JEG-3 cell viability.
HMDX IP was used to examine whether SAH-p53-8 treatment prevents HDMX-mediated sequestration of p53, especially when p53 levels are further boosted by HDM2 blockade. As shown in FIG. 5A 'IP: HDMX', SAH-p53-8 effectively blocked the formation of p53-HDMX complexes, resulting in a lower amount of p53 being immunoprecipitated by HDMX. In contrast, p53-HDMX complexes were preserved, if not increased, in Nutlin-3 treated cells (see FIG. 5A 'IP: HDMX'). As shown in FIG. 5B, p53 levels were further stabilized by treating cells with the proteasome inhibitor MG-132.
Furthermore, this increased stability noted by an increase in precipitated HDMX-p53 complex was decreased in a dose-dependent manner upon treatment with SAH-p53-8 (see FIG. 5B).
To document that SAH-p53-8 could disrupt the p53/HDMX interaction in a cellular context, we employed a proximity ligation in situ assay, or P-LISA, and directly monitored p53-HDMX complex formation and pharmacologic dissociation in cells (Soderberg et al., 2006) (Figure 5C-E). U205 osteosarcoma cells containing a doxycycline-inducible HA-HDMX construct (Wang et al., 2007) were treated with doxycycline in the presence or absence of SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3, or both. In the presence of doxycycline alone, the HA-HDMX produced binds to endogenous p53, leading to the formation of detectable but low intensity P-LISA foci (Figure 5D, 5E). The combination of doxycycline and Nutlin-3 treatment generated a robust P-LISA signal, which represents abundant formation of p53/HA-HDMX complexes (Figure 5D, 5E).
Despite similar levels of p53 induction in response to single agent SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 treatment (Figure 5C), the P-LISA signal generated by treatment with doxycycline was blocked upon co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 (Figure 5D, 5E). Furthermore, combining SAH-p53-8 with doxycycline/Nutlin-3 significantly reduced the P-LISA signal generated by the doxycycline/Nutlin-3 combination alone (Figure 5D, 5E).
Taken together, these data support that SAH-p53-8, but not Nutlin-3, inhibits the formation of p53-HDMX complexes due to its capacity to target intracellular HDMX.
Quantitative PCR and Apoptosis Studies To link the pharmacologic disruption of the p53-HDMX protein complex by SAH-p53-8 with reactivation of the p53 tumor suppressor pathway, p53 transcriptional activity was indirectly analyzed by assessing transcriptional activity of p53 targets using qPCR analysis. P53 activity was also indirectly assessed using apoptosis assays, or more specifically by measuring apoptosis using a caspase-3/7 activation assay.
qPCR studies were performed as follows. JEG-3 cells (7.5 x 106) were seeded in 6-well plates and treated with vehicle or 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (EMD
Chemicals), and incubated for 6 h at 37 C. RNA samples were prepared using the RNEasy Mini kit (Qiagen). Total RNA was reverse transcribed to cDNA using Superscript III reverse transcriptase (Invitrogen). The derived cDNA was employed as the substrate to measure relative transcript levels by qRT-PCR on a PRISM 7700 system using SYBR Green PCR Master Mix (Applied Biosystems). Primers specific for HDM2, p21, MIC-1, and the UBB control were employed. Triplicate reactions were prepared in 96-well optical PCR plates. Threshold-cycle (Ct) values were automatically calculated for each replicate and used to determine the relative expression of the gene of interest relative to UBB for both treated and untreated samples by the 2-AA" method (Livak and Schmittgen, Methods, 25:402-408 (2001)).
JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, Nutlin-3 (20 IM), or SAH-p53-8 (20 itt.M) for 6 h at 37 C, followed by RNA isolation, reverse transcription, and qPCR
analysis of the derived cDNA substrate using HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 primers. As shown in FIG.
6A, whereas Nutlin-3 induced a modest 1.5-4 fold upregulation of p53 transcriptional targets compared to vehicle, SAH-p53-8 triggered significantly higher (5-14 fold) mRNA
levels for the same target genes.
Apoptosis studies were performed as follows. JEG-3 cells (1 x 104) were seeded in 96-well plates overnight, washed in PBS, and then incubated with the indicated doses of SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) in OPTI-MEMTm for 12 h. Caspase-3/7 activity was assayed by addition of Caspase-3/7-G1oTM chemiluminescence reagent according to the manufacturer's protocol (Promega) and luminescence measured using a Spectramax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices).
As shown in FIG. 6B, SAH-p53-8 treatment caused dose-responsive activation of caspase-3/7, whereas Nutlin-3 had little effect.
Thus, targeted disruption of the p53-HDMX complex by SAH-p53-8 in Nutlin-3-resistant JEG-3 cells coincides with upregulation of p53 transcriptional targets, caspase-3/7 activation, and reduced tumor cell viability.
Example 6: Suppression of JEG-3 Tumor Growth by Reactivation of the p53 Pathway in Vivo To determine if SAH-p53-8 could modulate the p53 pathway in vivo and thereby inhibit tumor growth, the activity of vehicle, Nutlin-3, and SAH-p53-8 were compared in a JEG-3 murine xenograft model.
Briefly, JEG-3 xenografts were established by injecting 107 cells subcutaneously into the flanks of NOD-SCID-IL2Rynull (NSG) mice (Jackson Labs). When tumors reached an average volume of 100 mm3, cohorts (n=7) were treated with vehicle (5%
DMSO in D5W), SAH-p53-8 (10 mg/kg), or Nutlin-3 (10 mg/kg) (EMD Chemicals) once daily for 4 days by intravenous injection. Tumor size was measured with calipers on days 1, 3, 4 and 5. On day 5, the mice were euthanized, tumors excised, and a portion of each tumor flash frozen and subjected to RNA isolation for qRT-PCR analysis, as described above. The remainder of each animal was fixed in Bouin's fixative and submitted to the Dana-Farber/Harvard Cancer Center (DF/HCC) Rodent Histopathology Core for complete necropsy. Animal experiments were approved by and performed in accordance with the guidelines and regulations set forth by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee of the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute.
As shown in FIG. 7A, whereas tumor growth rate was not affected by Nutlin-3 treatment, SAH-p53-8 significantly suppressed tumor growth, achieving and maintaining a 37-46% reduction in tumor burden compared to vehicle and Nutlin-3 throughout the 5-day evaluation period.
On day 5, the tumors were excised, flash frozen, and RNA extracted for qPCR
analysis using the HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 primer sets. Like the corresponding in vitro study performed with cultured JEG-3 cells, SAH-p53-8 induced statistically significant transcriptional activation of HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 in the tumors of treated mice (see FIG. 7B). Histologic examination of SAH-p53-8-treated mice showed no obvious toxicity of the compound to normal tissues, consistent with the inactivity of SAH-p53-8 in cell viability assays using cultured WS1 fibroblasts (see FIG. 41).
These in vivo data underscore the pharmacologic potential of HDMX targeting to functionally suppress tumor growth by reactivating the p53 pathway in the context of HDMX-mediated p53 suppression and Nutlin-3 resistance.
Example 7: Blueprint for Matching HDM2, HDMX, or Dual Inhibitors to Susceptible Cancer Cells Because HDMX targeting by SAH-p53-8 was most effective in reducing tumor cell viability when basal p53 levels were naturally elevated, synergy studies were performed in Nutlin-3-resistant cells to test whether SAH-p53-8-mediated HDMX
inhibition could re-sensitize cells to Nutlin-3-mediated p53 upregulation.
In cells with high HDMX, the pool of p53 induced by Nutlin-3 treatment can be sequestered in p53-HDMX complexes, subverting Nutlin-3 activity. Accordingly, it was hypothesized that HDMX blockade by SAH-p53-8 in such cells could restore Nutlin-3 activity by preventing HDMX-mediated p53 sequestration. The breast adenocarcinoma cell line MCF-7 overexpresses HDMX (Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-(2004)) and is only modestly sensitive to Nutlin-3 treatment (Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)). As shown in FIG. 8, whereas Nutlin-3 can elevate p53 levels in MCF-7 cells, this increase in p53 coincides with the appearance of the inhibitory p53-HDMX complex, limiting Nutlin-3 cytotoxicity. However, as shown herein, by employing Nutlin-3, MCF-7 cells were pharmacologically transformed into a JEG-3-like state that manifests increased abundance of p53 in complex with HDMX (see FIGs. 9-10). More specifically, when combined, SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 sensitize one another in a dose-responsive fashion (see FIGs. 9A-9B). As shown in FIG. 10A, synergy was confirmed using the CalcuSyn dose-effect analysis described by Chou (Pharmacol. Rev., 58:621-681 (2006)). The enhanced cytotoxicity observed upon co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 correlates with its blockade of p53-HDMX complex formation shown in FIG.
9A, consistent with the added capacity of SAH-p53-8 to target HDMX, a key source of resistance in MCF-7 cells. Further, as shown in FIG. 10B, Nutlin-3 does not synergize with SAH-p53-8 in JEG-3 cells, since endogenous p53 levels are already elevated.
Conversely, when HDMX and p53 expression levels are low and the cellular phenotype is instead driven by HDM2 expression, as in SJSA-1 cells, co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 provides no added benefit to Nutlin-3 (see FIG. 10C). However, induction of HDMX
expression in this isogenic cell line completely alters the synergy results rendering Nutlin-3 ineffective as a single agent, restoring susceptibility to SAH-p53-8, and re-establishing the synergistic benefit of combining Nutlin-3 with SAH-p53-8 treatment (see FIG. 10D). Further examples of synergistic anti-tumor activity upon combining SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 are also shown for lymphoma and melanoma cancer cells (FIG.
G).
These synergy analyses provide a mechanistic framework for determining how to optimally apply HDM2- and HDMX-targeting agents to reactivate the p53 pathway in cancer. Indeed, HDMX targeting is maximally effective when p53 levels are naturally or pharmacologically increased, as reflected by the presence of detectable p53-HDMX
complexes, a potentially valuable biomarker for predicting therapeutic efficacy and monitoring the pharmacodynamic effects of treatment.
As shown herein, SAH-p53-8 binds to HDMX with high affinity in vitro and in vivo. As a result of this binding, SAH-p53-8 reduces p53-HDMX interaction, and thereby restores the p53 pathway, as evidenced, for example, by transcriptional upregulation of p53 targets and reduction of tumor cell viability both in vitro and in vivo (e.g., in animal models).
The data presented herein also makes apparent that therapeutic strategies for cancer treatment can be developed or improved by characterizing levels of certain proteins in tumor cells. For example, such methods include, e.g., confirming the expression of functional p53 (including wild type p53 expression and mutant p53 expression as long as the mutant p53 retains some function (e.g., p53 function sufficient to reduce viability of a cancer cell when the cell is exposed to one or more of the treatments disclosed herein)) and HDMX and/or HDM2 in a tumor cell (e.g., a tumor cell in a subject or a tumor cell obtained from a subject (e.g., a tumor cell in a biopsy sample).
Such methods are described in more detail below.
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.
Tethered amino acids are shown as ..
FIG 1C is a table showing the sequence and other physical characteristics of SAH-p53-8 and other exemplary stapled p53 peptides (SEQ ID NOs:2-21).
FIG 1D is a cartoon showing an exemplary method for stapling peptides.
FIG 1E shows a variety of non-natural amino acids containing olefinic tethers that can be used to generated hydrocarbon stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 1Fa-lfd show a variety of single staple compositions spanning i, i+3; i, i+4, and i, i+7 positions and single staple scanning to generated a library of singly stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 1Ga-1Gh show a variety of staple compositions in multiply stapled peptides and staple scanning to generated a library of multiply stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 111a-1111i shows a variety of staple compositions in tandem stapled peptides and staple scanning to generated a library of tandemly stapled p53 peptides.
FIGs. 2A-2C are line graphs showing direct binding between recombinant HDMX and FITC-labeled p53 peptides as assessed by fluorescence polarization (A); and competition binding assays using SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 to disrupt binding between FITC-SAH-p53-8 and HDM2 (B) or HDMX (C). mP: units of mill-polarization. Data show mean results of at least three independent experiments plus standard deviation.
FIG 3 is an image showing levels of HDMX, HDM2, FITC-peptide, or Actin as detected by Western blotting. Left side images show total protein detected by Western blot. Right side images show protein detected following immunoprecipitation (IP). 3-actin was included as a loading control. FITC labeled peptides were detected by a fluorescence scan of the Western blot.
FIGs. 4A-4I are line graphs showing cell viability in various cell lines exposed to SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3 or SAH-p53-8H9A. Cells lines used included cancer cell lines (e.g., osteosarcoma, choriocarcinoma, colon cancer, epithelial carcinoma, breast cancer) with differential expression levels of HDM2 or HDMX/MDM2 or MDMX (FIGs. 4A-4E), deficient or dysfunctional p53 (FIGs. 4F-4H), and a non-tumor control (FIG.
41). Cells were exposed to CellTiter-GloTM reagent (Promega) and viability was assessed by ATP-induced chemiluminescence. Data are mean plus standard deviation for experiments performed at least in triplicate.
FIGs. 5A and 5B are images showing that SAH-p53-8 blocks the formation of p53-HDMX complexes. (A) JEG-3 cells were exposed to vehicle, 20 ILLM SAH-p53-8, or 20 ILLM Nutlin-3 for 6 hours. Cellular extracts (input) and anti-HDMX
immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX) were subjected to SDS-PAGE and Western blotting.
Images show levels of p53, HDMX, and HAUSP detected by Western blotting. (B) JEG-3 cells were treated with increasing concentrations of SAH-p53-8 (i.e., 0-20 ILLM SAH-p53-8) in the presence of 10 ILLM MG132 for 6 hours. Cellular extract (input) and anti-HDMX immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX) were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blotting for p53, HDMX, and HAUSP. Input levels represent total protein and IP
represent protein levels detected following immunoprecipitation.
FIGs. 5C-5E are images and derived bar graphs showing that SAH-p53-8, but not Nutlin-3 blocks the formation of p53-HDMX complexes in intact cells. (C) Doxycycline-inducible U2OS cells were treated with or without doxycycline in the presence of Nutlin-3 (10 lM), SAH-p53-8 (10 lM), or both, and induction of HA-HDMX and p53 was detected and quantitated by immunofluorescence. Scale bar, 10 microns (D) Cultured U205 cells were treated with or without doxycycline in the presence of Nutlin-3, SAH-p53-8, or both and then processed for P-LISA. Scale bar, 10 microns (E) Quantitation of p53-HDMX complexes as detected by P-LISA. Data are mean +/- s.d. *p=0.0003, **p=0.0001, unpaired t-test with Welch's correction.
FIG 6A is a bar graph showing that p53-transcriptional activity is reactivated by SAH-p53-8. JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, SAH-p53-8 (20 LM), or Nutlin-3 (20 LM). Transcriptional upregulation was assessed by quantitative PCR. mRNA
levels of HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 in the presence of SAH-p58-8 (left column), Nutlin-3 (middle column), and vehicle control (right column) are shown.
FIG 6B is a line graph showing that p53-dependent apoptosis is reactivated by SAH-p53-8. JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, or increasing concentrations (i.e., 0.3-10 ILLM SAH-p53-8), or Nutlin-3 for 12 hours. The level of apoptosis was then assessed by exposing cells to Caspase-3/7-G10 TM reagent and detecting the cleavage of proluminescent caspase3/7 substrate.
FIGs. 7A and 7B show a line graph and a bar graph, respectively, showing that SAH-p58-8 overcomes HDMX-mediated p53 suppression and blocks tumor growth in vivo. (A) Cohorts (n=7) of JEG-3 xenograft mice were treated with either vehicle (5%
DMSO in D5W), or 10 mg/kg of SAH-p53-8 introduced by daily intravenous injection for 4 days, or Nutlin-3 introduced by daily intravenous injection for 4 days.
Tumor volume was monitored by caliper measurement on days 1, 3, 4, and 5 (statistical significance of data are: day 3; SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle =p=0.032, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 =p=0.032, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.94; Day 4; SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle p=0.008, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 p=0.026, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.88;
Day 5;
SAH-p53-8 versus vehicle p=0.017, SAH-p53-8 versus Nutlin-3 p=0.037, Nutlin-3 versus vehicle p=0.46). (B) Tumors were excised and RNA was isolated and levels of p53 transcription targets HDM2 , p21, and MIC-1 were analyzed by qPCR.
FIG 8 is an image of an immunoblot showing that pharmacologic induction of p53-HDMX complexes sensitizes Nutlin-3-resistant cancer cells to HDMX
inhibition.
MCF-7 breast adenocarcinoma cells were exposed to vehicle, Nutlin-3 (20 IM), or Nutlin-3 (20 t.M) in combination with 5 or 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8. Cells were exposed to MG-132 at 10 M for 6 hours to induce HDMX-p53 complex formation. Cellular extracts (input- left side immunoblot) and anti-HDMX immunoprecipitates (IP:HDMX-right side immunoblot) were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blotting. Levels of p53 and HAUSP are shown.
FIGs. 9A-9B are bar graphs showing that SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 act synergistically in reducing tumor cell viability. (A) MCF-7 cells were exposed to increasing concentrations (i.e., 5-20 t.M) of SAH-p53-8 in the presence or absence of 20 ILIM Nutlin-3. Cell viability was assessed at 24 hours by Cell Titer-Glo TM
assay. (B) MCF-7 cells were exposed to increasing concentrations (i.e., 5-20 t.M) of Nutlin-3 in the presence or absence of 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8 and cell viability was assessed as in `(A).' FIGs. 10A-10D are synergy graphs showing SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 synergize.
MCF-7 (A), JEG-3 (B), SJSA-1 (C), and SJSA-X (D) cells were treated with 0.5-SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3, or an equimolar combination. Dose-effect synergy analyses were then performed and are shown.
FIGs. 10E-10G are synergy graphs showing that SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 exhibit synergistic anti-tumor activity in lymphoma and melanoma.
FIGs. 11A-11E are cartoons depicting treatment strategies for caners identified to express p53 and HDM2 (A), p53 and HDMX (C), and p53, HDM2, and HDMX. (B) and (D) show treatment strategies that will fail.
FIG 12 is a cartoon depicting the reactivation of p53 by SAH-p53-8 binding to HDMX.
FIG 13 shows the amino acid sequence of human p53 (SEQ ID NO:1: Genbank Accession Number CAAA42627 (CAA42627.1); gi:50637).
Like reference symbols in the various drawings indicate like elements.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present disclosure is based, inter alia, on the surprising discovery that p53 stapled peptides, e.g., p53 stapled peptides initially developed to target HDM2, bind with high affinity to HDMX. Moreover, the p53 stapled peptides bind to HDMX with 25-fold greater affinity than they do to HDM2. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides novel methods and compositions (e.g., combinations of compositions) for treating or developing treatments for certain cancers.
Cancers suitable for treatment include those in which cancer cells express some level of functional p53, or in which functional p53 expression can be induced.
For example, any cancer cell in which functional p53 is expressed but wherein the levels or activity of p53 are reduced in the cell by HDMX and/or HDMX can be beneficially treated using the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
As disclosed herein, p53 activity can be increased in cancer cells using, in some circumstances (disclosed herein), a HDMX modulating agent (e.g., a stapled peptide such as those disclosed in FIG 1C) alone, or, in other circumstances (also disclosed herein), a combination of a HDMX modulating agent with a HDM2 modulating agent. As shown herein, such increases in p53 activity can lead to reduced viability or death of cancer cells in vitro and in vivo. Accordingly, compositions and methods disclosed herein can be used for the treatment of cancer. Agents suitable for use as HDMX and HDM2 modulating agents in the compositions and methods disclosed herein are disclosed below.
HDMX Modulating Agents HDMX modulating agents encompassed by the present disclosure include agents that increase the expression, levels and/or activity of p53 in a cell by directly (e.g., by binding) or indirectly (e.g., via a molecule or pathway that regulates HDMX
expression and/or activity (e.g., such as the ubiquitination pathway and components of this pathway such as E3 ubiquitin ligase)) inhibiting) the expression (e.g., protein or mRNA
expression) and/or levels (e.g., protein levels) of HDMX in a cell.
In some embodiments, a HDMX agent can include one or more of the agents disclosed below. For example, a HDMX agent can include: (1) one or more non-cross-linked peptides that bind to HDMX; (2) one or more stapled or stitched p53 peptides that bind to HDMX; (3) one or more small molecules that that bind to HDMX; (4) one or more antibodies or antibody fragments that bind (e.g., bind specifically to) HDMX; (5) one or more nucleic acid molecules (e.g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules (e.g., RNAi or siRNA) that reduce HDMX expression; (6) one or more pharmaceuticals that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDMX; and (7) one or more methods that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDMX, and any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7) or any combination of (1) with (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7).
In some embodiments, a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDM2 modulating agent disclosed herein (e.g., the HDMX agent binds specifically to HDMX without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDM2).
In some embodiments, a HDMX modulating agent can bind to HDMX and HDM2. In such embodiments, however, the HDMX inhibitor will generally have a higher binding affinity for HDMX than for HDM2 (for example, the binding affinity of the HDMX modulating agent can be 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 25, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10,000-fold or more for HDMX than for HDM2).
HDMX-Modulating Peptides In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent is a peptide (e.g., a recombinant or synthetically produced peptide). As noted above, such peptides can be non-cross-linked, stapled, or stitched, e.g., so long as the peptides interact with HDMX as described herein.
In some embodiments, HDMX modulating peptides can include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) amino acid sequences related or with identity to a portion or portions of the wild type human p53 protein or amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ
ID NO:1). For example, peptides can include one or more domains of wild-type p53.
Such domains can be naturally contiguous. Alternatively, non-naturally contiguous p53 domains can be combined. In some instances, peptides can include at least six (e.g., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 , 16 or more including 361, less than 361, less than 300, less than 200, less than 100, less than 50, less than 25, and less than 20, contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO:1).
In some instances, peptides with identity to a portion or portions of SEQ ID
NO: 1 can have a first level of identity for amino acids corresponding to amino acids in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53) and a second level of identity for amino acids not corresponding to the interacting face.
For example, amino acids corresponding to amino acids in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53) can be conserved or can be conservative substitutions of the amino acids present in the interacting face of p53 (e.g., the interacting face of the transactivation domain of p53). In contrast, amino acids outside the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide in SEQ ID
NOs:2, or 22-23). Alternatively or in addition, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include amino acid substitutions and/or deletions, whether conservative or not. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or additions, whether conservative or not.
Accordingly, the amino acid sequence of any peptide disclosed herein can be varied so long as the residues of the interacting face are identical to those of SEQ ID
NO:2 or are conservative substitutions thereof The "interacting face" of the peptides herein includes those amino acid residues of the p53 alpha helix that interact (e.g., interact specifically or bind specifically) with HDMX. Amino acid residues contained within the interacting face of p53, including amino acid residues contained within the interacting face of the p53 transactivation domain, are known in the art (see, e.g., Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010)). In some instances, amino acids of peptides disclosed herein that correspond to amino acids within the interacting face of p53 as disclosed by Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996) or Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010) can be the same or conservative substitutions of the amino acids disclosed by Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010). For example, in some instances, amino acids in the interacting face of the peptides disclosed herein correspond to Phe19, Trp23, and Leu26 of wild type p53 (SEQ ID NO:1). In some instances, these positions are underlined in the following sequence: LSQETFSDLWKLLPEN (SEQ ID NO:2). Conservative substitutions suitable for inclusion in the peptides disclosed herein are discussed below.
For example, in some instances, a "conservative amino acid substitution" can include substitutions in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). In some instances, in the context of amino acids in the interacting face of the peptides disclosed herein (e.g., SEQ ID NO:1 and SEQ ID NOs:2-21), a conservative amino acid substitution is an amino acid substitution that does not change the structure of the hydrophobic interacting face of the peptide. For example, a conservative amino acid substitution is an amino acid substitution that does not reduce (e.g., substantially reduce) binding of the peptide to HDMX. Methods for detecting any reduction in binding can include comparing binding affinity following conservative amino acid substitution, wherein any amino acid substitution that reduces (e.g., substantially reduces) binding are not conservative amino acid substitutions. In some embodiments, substantially reduced binding can include binding that is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% less than binding of the unmodified peptide to HDMX.
Methods for assessing interaction between a peptide and HDMX are disclosed herein.
Methods for identifying the interactive face of a peptide are known in the art (see, e.g., Broglia et al., Protein sci., 14(10):2668-81, 2005; Hammond et al., J. Pharm.
Sci., 98(1):4589-603, 2009; Ng and Yang, J. Phys. Chem. B., 111(50):13886-93, 2007;
and Bird et al., PNAS USA, 197:14093, 2010).
In some embodiments, peptides include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) at least six (e.g., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 ,or 16) contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence: Xaai-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trpio-Xaaii-Xaa12-Leui3-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaai6(SEQ ID NO: 22), corresponding to the transactivation domain of p53 (e.g., SEQ ID NO:1), wherein each or any of Xaai-Xaas, Xaa7-Xaa9, and Xaa11-Xaa16 are any amino acid (e.g., any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids) or are missing. In some embodiments:
Xaai is Leu or Gln, or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala;
Xaa5 is Thr or Ala;
Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa7= Ser;
Xaa8 = Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Asn);
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trpio is Tip or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid (preferably Arg);
Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala;
Leu13 is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa14= Pro or is missing;
Xaa15= Glu, or Gin or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Gin) or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) amino acids of Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leun, are at least 80% (e.g., 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leu13 include one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2) conservative or non-conservative substitutions or deletions, wherein the peptide is optionally adapted to have stabilized alpha helical secondary structure.
In some cases the peptides can include (e.g., comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) a portion of SEQ ID NO: 22 having the sequence: Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trpio-Xaaii-Xaai2-Leui3(SEQ ID NO: 23).
In some embodiments, as indicated above, amino acid sequences of the peptides herein can vary outside of those amino acids corresponding to the interacting face of SEQ
ID NO:2 (e.g., Phe6, Trpio, and/or Leui3) almost without limitation. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can have at least or about 30%, at least or about 40%, at least or about 50%, at least or about 60%, at least or about 70%, at least or about 80%, at least or about 90%, at least or about 95%, at least or about 98%, at least or about 99%, or 100% identity to those amino acids outside the interacting face of the peptide in SEQ ID NOs:2, or 22-23). Alternatively or in addition, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include amino acid substitutions and/or deletions, whether conservative or not. For example, amino acids outside those in the interacting face can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, less than 10, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or additions, whether conservative or not.
Accordingly, the amino acid sequence of any peptide disclosed herein can be varied so long as the residues of the interacting face are identical to those of SEQ ID
NO:2 or are conservative substitutions thereof In some instances, peptides can include (e.g.
comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of) LSQETFSDLWKLLPEN (SEQ ID
NO:2).
In some embodiments, the peptides can include (comprise, consist, or consist essentially of) one or more of the peptides disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, the HDMX modulating agent can include the peptide TSFAEYWNLLSP (termed PMI (SEQ
ID NO:24)) and LTFEHYWAQLTS (termed pDI (SEQ ID NO:25)) disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating peptides are cross-linked (e.g., stapled or stitched) by one or more intra-peptide cross-linkers. "Peptide stapling" is a term coined from a synthetic methodology wherein two olefin-containing side-chains (e.g., cross-linkable side chains) present in a polypeptide chain are covalently joined (e.g., "stapled together") using a ring-closing metathesis (RCM) reaction to form a cross-linked ring (Blackwell et al., J. Org. Chem., 66: 5291-5302, 2001; Angew et al., Chem.
Int. Ed. 37:3281, 1994). As used herein, the term "peptide stapling," includes the joining of two double bond-containing side-chains, two triple bond-containing side-chains, or one double bond-containing and one triple bond-containing side chain, which may be present in a polypeptide chain, using any number of reaction conditions and/or catalysts to facilitate such a reaction, to provide a singly "stapled" polypeptide.
Additionally, the term "peptide stitching," as used herein, refers to multiple and tandem (e.g., a single amino acid is cross-linked to two amino acids) "stapling" events in a single polypeptide chain to provide a "stitched" (multiply stapled) polypeptide. Peptide stitching is described in WO 2008121767 and in WO 2010/068684, which are both hereby incorporated by reference.
Stapling of a peptide using all-hydrocarbon cross-link has been shown to help maintain its native conformation and/or secondary structure, particularly under physiologically relevant conditions (Schafmiester et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122:5891-5892, 2000; Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470, 2004).
Stapling the polypeptide herein by an all-hydrocarbon crosslink predisposed to have an alpha-helical secondary structure can constrain the polypeptide to its native alpha-helical conformation. The constrained secondary structure may, for example, increase the peptide's resistance to proteolytic cleavage, may increase the peptide's hydrophobicity, may allow for better penetration of the peptide into the target cell's membrane (e.g., through an energy-dependent transport mechanism such as pinocytosis), and/or may lead to an improvement in the peptide's biological activity relative to the corresponding non cross-linked (e.g., "unstitched" or "unstapled") peptide.
Such constraints have been applied to the apoptosis-inducing BID- BH3 alpha-helix, resulting in a higher suppression of malignant growth of leukemia in an animal model compared to the unstitched polypeptide (Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470, 2004;
U.S.
2005/02506890; and U.S. 2006/0008848, each of which is incorporated herein by reference). Suitable cross-links (e.g., which are also referred to in the art as tethers) are described herein and in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0250680, PCT/U52008/058575, USSN 12/864,375 (WO 2009/108261), and WO 2010/148335.
Cross-linked peptides disclosed herein can include natural and non-natural amino acids and have a linkage between the alpha carbons of two amino acids (replacing the side chain of those amino acids). Methods suitable for obtaining (e.g., synthesizing), stapling, and purifying the peptides disclosed herein are known in the art (see, e.g., Bird et. al., Methods in Enzymol., 446:369-386 (2008); Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470 (2004); Schafmeister et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122:5891-5892 (2000);
U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/525,123, filed March 18, 2010; and U.S. Patent No.
7,723,468, issued May 25, 2010, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety) and are described herein (see, e.g., Example 1).
In some embodiments, such cross-linked p53 peptides can exhibit a higher affinity for HDMX than a non-cross-linked or control peptide, e.g., an non-cross-linked peptide having the same amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, cross-linked p53 peptides can penetrate a cell membrane or have higher cell penetrability than a non-cross-linked or control peptide, e.g., a non-cross-linked peptide having the same amino acid sequence.In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include cross-linked versions of one or more of the peptides disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009).
For example, the HDMX modulating agent can include a stapled or stitched version of TSFAEYWNLLSP (termed PMI (SEQ ID NO: 24)) or LTFEHYWAQLTS (termed pDI
(SEQ ID NO: 25)) disclosed in Pazgier et al., PNAS, 106;4665-4670 (2009). In some instances, PMI can be stapled using a crosslink (e.g., an internal crosslink) between any 2 amino acids so long as F, W, and the last L remain intact or are unmodified (e.g., so long as the amino acids in bold in TSFAEYWNLLSP (SEQ ID NO :24) remain intact or are unmodified). In some instances, pDI can be stapled using a crosslink (e.g., an internal crosslink) between any 2 amino acids so long as F, W, and the last L or T
remain intact or are unmodified (e.g., so long as the amino acids in bold in LTFEHYWAQLTS (SEQ
ID
NO:25) or LTFEHYWAQLTS (SEQ ID NO:25) remain intact or are unmodified).
SEQ ID NO:1 is the sequence of human p53. In some instances, cross-linked peptides can include the sequence Leu Ser Gln Glu Thr Phe Ser Asp Leu Trp Lys Leu Leu Pro Glu Asn (amino acids 14 to 29 of SEQ ID NO:1 (SEQ ID NO:2)). Cross-linked peptides can also include Phe Ser Asn Leu Trp Arg Leu Leu Pro Gln Asn (SEQ ID
NO:26) or the sequence Gln Ser Gln Gln Thr Phe Ser Asn Leu Trp Arg Leu Leu Pro Gln Asn (SEQ ID NO:27). In any of the sequence, the side chains of two amino acids separated by 2, 3, 4 or 6 amino acids can be replaced by the linking group R3.
The stapled polypeptide can include all or part (e.g., at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13) of the following amino acid sequence:
Xaa1Ser2G1n3Xaa4Thr5Phe6Xaa7Xaa8Leu9Trp10Xaa11Leu12Leu13Xaa14Xaa15Asn16.
(SEQ ID NO :28) wherein each of Xaai, Xaa4, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaaii, Xaa14, Xaa15 are any amino acid (e.g., any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids).
In some situations:
Xaai = Leu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa4= Glu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3Xaa7= Ser or the linking group R3;
Xaa8 = Asp or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Asn; e.g., Xaa8 can be Asp or Asn) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaaii = Lys or a positively charged amino acid (preferably Arg) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa14= Pro or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa15= Glu or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu (preferably Gln) or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3.
In some situations, the peptide comprises SEQ ID NO:28 wherein Xaai = Leu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa4 = Glu or Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa7 = Ser or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa8 = Asp, Asn or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaaii = Lys, Arg or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R33;
Xaa14 = Pro or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3;
Xaa15 = Glu, Gln or an amino acid in which the side chain is replaced by the linking group R3.
In the stapled peptides, any position occupied by Gln can be Glu instead and any position occupied by Glu can be Gln instead. Similarly, any position occupied by Asn can be Asp instead and any position occupied by Aps can be Asn instead. The choice of Asn or Arg and Gln or Glu will depend on the desired charge of the stapled peptide.
In some cases the peptide comprises a portion of:
Gln3Xaa4Thr5Phe6Xaa7Xaa8Leu9Trp10Xaa1 1Leu12Leu13 (SEQ ID NO :29).
Within SEQ ID NO :29, the pairs of amino acid that can be cross-linked include, but are not limited to: the 5th and 12th amino acids; 4th and llth amino acids; 7th and llth amino acids; and 7th and 14th amino acids.
A tether or cross-link can extend across the length of one or two helical turns (i.e., about 3.4 or about 7 amino acids). Accordingly, amino acids positioned at i and i+3; i and i+4; or i and i+7 are ideal candidates for chemical modification and cross-linking.
Thus, for example, where a peptide has the sequence ...Xaai, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4, Xaa5, Xaa6, Xaa7, Xaa8, Xaa9... (wherein, "..." indicates the optional presence of additional amino acids), cross-links between Xaai and Xaa4, (e.g., i+3) or between Xaai and Xaa5 (e.g., i+4), or between Xaai and Xaa8 (e.g., i+7) are useful as are cross-links between Xaa2 and Xaa5 (e.g., i+3), or between Xaa2 and Xaa6 (e.g., i+4), or between Xaa2 and Xaa9 (e.g., i+7), etc. The polypeptides can include more than one crosslink within the polypeptide sequence to either further stabilize the sequence or facilitate the stabilization of longer polypeptide stretches. If the polypeptides are too long to be readily synthesized in one part, independently synthesized, cross-linked peptides can be conjoined by a technique called native chemical ligation (Bang, et al., J. Am. Chem Soc.
126:1377).
Alternatively or in addition, cross-linked peptides can include one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more, less than 10, less than 9, less than 8, less than 7, less than 6, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, or less than 2 staples and/or stiches.
Internal cross-links (e.g., staples and/or stitches) can be positioned on amino acids within a peptide to conserve the structural relationship of amino acids in the binding or interacting face of the peptide (e.g., to preserve the binding interface of a peptide). For example, one or more of i1416 (see Table 1) can be stapled or stitched to at least one other amino acid to conserve the structural relationship of amino acids in the hydrophobic interaction face (see, e.g., Kussie et al., Science, 274(5289):948-953 (1996), and Joseph et al., Cell Cycle, 9(22):4560-4568 (2010)). Such internal cross-links can include: one or more staples; one or more stitches; and/or a combination of one or more staples with one or more stitches. As noted above, exemplary cross-linked peptides include SEQ
ID
NOs:2-21 (see FIG. IC), and/or SEQ ID NO:9 (e.g., SAH-p53-8)..
Selection of amino acids for modification (e.g., to support an internal cross-link) can also be facilitated by staple scanning. The term "staple scan" refers to the synthesis of a library of stapled peptides whereby the location of the i and i+3; i and i+4; and i and i+7 single and multiple staple, or stitches, are positioned sequentially down the length of the peptide sequence, sampling all possible positions, to identify desired or optimal properties and activities for the stapled or stitched constructs. Examples of staple scanning methods are illustrated in the figures.
In some instances, cross-linked peptides herein include at least two internally cross-linked or stapled amino acids, wherein the at least two amino acids are separated by 2 (i.e., i, i+3, shown in Table 1 as o), 3 (i.e., i, i+4, shown in Table 1 as 0), or, 6 (i.e., i, i+7, shown in Table 1 as A) amino acids. While at least two amino acids are required to support an internal cross-link (e.g., a staple), additional pairs of internally cross-linked amino acids can be included in a peptide, e.g., to support additional internal cross-links (e.g., staples). For example peptides can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more staples.
Alternatively or in addition, peptides can include three internally cross-linked or stitched amino acids. A peptide stitch includes at least three internally cross-linked amino acids, wherein the middle of the three amino acids (referred to here as the core or central amino acid and shown in Table 1 as "i") forms an internal cross-link (between alpha carbons) with each of the two flanking modified amino acids. The core amino acid includes two internally cross-linked side chains, which can be saturated or not saturated.
Amino acids cross-linked to the core amino acid can be separated from the core amino acid in either direction by 2, 3, or 6 amino acids (e.g., i, i-3, i, i-4, i, i-7 (shown in Table 1 as =, =, and v, respectively), i, i+3, i, i+4, i, i+7 (shown in Table 1 as o, 0, and A, respectively), where "i" is the core amino acid). The number of amino acids on either side of the core (e.g., between the core amino acid and an amino acid cross-linked to the core) can be the same or different. In some instances, a stitch can include 3, 4, 5, or more internally cross-linked amino acids. In some instances, peptides can include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more stitches.
In some embodiments, peptides herein can include a combination of at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) staple and at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) stitch.
In some embodiments, the tethers, e.g., hydrocarbon staples are used to stabilize structures other than helices. In such cases, the ends of the tethers can be placed at intervals other than at i, i + 3, i + 4, and i + 7.
As disclosed above, peptides herein include at least two modified amino acids that together form an internal (intramolecular) cross-link, wherein the at least two modified amino acids are separated by 2 (i.e., i, i+3, shown in Table 1 as o), 3 (i.e., i, i+4, shown in Table 1 as 0), or, 6 (i.e., i, i+7, shown in Table 1 as A) amino acids. For example, peptides can include cross-linked amino acids at one or more of the positions illustrated in Table 1.
Table 1: Positions of Amino Acids with Internally Cross-Linkable or Cross-Linked Side Chains (within SEQ ID NO:23) Xaai Xaa2 Xaa3 Xaa4 Xaa5 Phe6 Xaa, Xaao Xaao Trpio Xaaii Xaa12 Leu 13 Xaal 4 Xaa15 Xaal 6 N
i1 El 0 A
N
i2 1=1 0 A
C:
i3 El 0 A
(J1 1¨, = i4 El 0 1¨, = = i5 El 0 A
= = i6 1=1 0 A
= = i7 El 0 A
V = = i8 1=1 0 A
V = = ig El 0 A
V = = i10 1=1 0 V = = i11 1=1 V = = i12 1=1 0 P
V = = 113 V = = 114 r V = =
i15 ul 0, oo V = =
i16 Iv o V = =
r w V =
= 01 V
= = o u, V
=
V
V
V
wherein; "i" is the anchor; o is i+3; o is i+4; A is i+7; = is i-3; = is i-4;
and V is i-7.
1-d n ,-i cp t..) =
-c=-::.--, =
.6.
In some embodiments, the invention features a modified polypeptide of Formula (I), - [Xaa]
N)Xaa]x-1-1\1-1 [Xaa]y , Ri R2 _ z Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
each R1 and R2 are independently H or a C1 to C10 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl;
R3 is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene, or [R4 '-K-R4]; each of which is substituted with 0-6 R5;
R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a C1, C25 C35 C45 C55 C65 C75 C85 C9 or Ci0 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene);
R5 is halo, alkyl, OR65N(R6)2, SR6, SOR6, S02R6, CO2R65 R65 a fluorescent moiety, or a radioisotope;
V \r"
K is 0, S, SO, 502, CO, CO2, CONR65 or ' ` 5 aziridine, episulfide, diol, amino alcohol;
R6 is H, alkyl, or a therapeutic agent;
n is 2, 3, 4 or 6;
x is an integer from 2-10;
w and y are independently an integer from 0-100;
z is an integer from 1-10 (e.g., 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10); and each Xaa is independently an amino acid (e.g., one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids or any naturally occurring non-naturally occurring amino acid);
wherein the polypeptide comprises at least 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID
NO:1 (human p53) or a variant thereof, SEQ ID NO:2 or a variant thereof, or another polypeptide sequence described herein except that: (a) within the 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2 the side chains of at least one pair of amino acids separated by 2, 3 or 6 amino acids is replaced by the linking group, R3, which connects the alpha carbons of the pair of amino acids as depicted in Formula I; and (b) the alpha carbon of the first of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R1 as depicted in formula I and the alpha carbon of the second of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R2 as depicted in Formula I.
In another aspect, the invention features a modified polypeptide of Formula (II), _ _ N )Xaa]x¨I-N-1 [Xaa]y/R8 [Xaah, Ri R2 z _ ¨
Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
each R1 and R2 are independently H or a C1 to C10 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclylalkyl;
R3 is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene, or [R4 '-K-R4]; each of which is substituted with 0-6 R5;
R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a C15 C25 C35 C45 C55 C65 C75 C85 C9 or Ci0 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene);
R5 is halo, alkyl, OR6, NHR6, N(R6)2, 5R6, 50R6, 502R6, CO2R6, R65 a fluorescent moiety, or a radioisotope;
A
K is 0, S, SO, SO2, CO, CO2, CONR6, or '\ 4 , aziridine, episulfide, diol, amino alcohol, diamine;
R6 is H, alkyl, or a therapeutic agent;
n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
x is an integer from 2-10;
w and y are independently an integer from 0-100;
z is an integer from 1-10 (e.g., 1,2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10); and each Xaa is independently an amino acid (e.g., one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids or any naturally occurring non-naturally occurring amino acid);
R7 is PEG, a tat protein, an affinity label, a targeting moiety, a fatty acid-derived acyl group, a biotin moiety, a fluorescent probe (e.g. fluorescein or rhodamine) linked via, e.g., a thiocarbamate or carbamate linkage;
R8 is H, OH, NH2, NHR8a, NR8aR8b;
wherein the polypeptide comprises at least 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID
NO:1 (human p53) or a variant thereof, SEQ ID NO: 2 or a variant thereof, or another polypeptide sequence described herein except that: (a) within the 8 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2 the side chains of at least one pair of amino acids separated by 2, 3 or 6 amino acids is replaced by the linking group, R3, which connects the alpha carbons of the pair of amino acids as depicted in formula I; and (b) the alpha carbon of the first of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R1 as depicted in Formula II and the alpha carbon of the second of the pair of amino acids is substituted with R2 as depicted in Formula II.
In the case of Formula I or Formula II, the following embodiments are among those disclosed.
In cases where x = 2 (i.e., i + 3 linkage), R3 can be a C7 alkylene, alkenylene.
Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds. In cases where x = 6 (i.e., i + 4 linkage), R3 can be a Cl, C12 or C13 alkylene or alkenylene. Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds. In cases where x = 3 (i.e., i +
4 linkage), R3 can be a C8 alkylene, alkenylene. Where it is an alkenylene there can one or more double bonds.
In certain instances, the two alpha, alpha disubstituted stereocenters (alpha carbons) are both in the R configuration or S configuration (e.g., i, i+4 cross-link), or one stereocenter is R and the other is S (e.g., i, i+7 cross-link). Thus, where Formula I is depicted as N J-1 ____________________ [Xaa]-N, _ R1 R2 [xaa]i -p' ___ cz [xaa],, z _ the C' and C" disubstituted stereocenters can both be in the R configuration or they can both be in the S configuration, for example when x is 3. When x is 6, the C' disubstituted stereocenter is in the R configuration and the C" disubstituted stereocenter is in the S
configuration or the C' disubstituted stereocenter is in the S configuration and the C"
disubstituted stereocenter is in the R configuration. The R3 double bond may be in the E
or Z stereochemical configuration. Similar configurations are possible for the carbons in Formula II corresponding to C' and C" in the formula depicted immediately above.
In some instances R3 is [R4-K-R4']; and R4 and R4'are independently alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene (e.g., each are independently a Cl, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9 or C10 alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene In some instances, the polypeptide includes an amino acid sequence which, in addition to the amino acids side chains that are replaced by a cross-link, have 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acid changes in any of SEQ ID NOs:1 or 2.
The tether can include an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety (e.g., C5, C8 or Cii alkyl or a C5, C8 or C11 alkenyl, or C5, C8 or C11 alkynyl). The tethered amino acid can be alpha disubstituted (e.g., C1-C3 or methyl). [Xaa]y and [Xaa], are peptides that can independently comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25 or more contiguous amino acids (preferably 2 or 5 contiguous amino acids) of a p53 polypeptide (e.g., any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 or 2) and [Xaa]x is a peptide that can comprise 3 or 6 contiguous amino acids of acids of a p53 peptide.
The peptide can comprise 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 amino acids, or any number between 20-50 amino acids, or any range between any 2 of the recited number of amino acids, of a p53 polypeptide. The amino acids are contiguous except that one or more pairs of amino acids separated by 3 or 6 amino acids are replaced by amino acid substitutes that form a cross-link, e.g., via R3.
Thus, at least two amino acids can be replaced by tethered amino acids or tethered amino acid substitutes. Thus, where formula I is depicted as H )10 H 0 N ii , _____________________________ [Xaa]-N, J-[Xaa]y.' p' _-x CZ [Xaa]y..
Ri R2 z [Xaa],5 [Xaa] and [Xaa]y,, can each comprise contiguous polypeptide sequences from the same or different p53 peptides. The same is true for Formula II.
The peptides can include 10 (11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more) contiguous amino acids of a p53 polypeptide (e.g., SEQ
ID NOs: 1 or 2) wherein the alpha carbons of two amino acids that are separated by three amino acids (or six amino acids) are linked via R3, one of the two alpha carbons is substituted by R1 and the other is substituted by R2 and each is linked via peptide bonds to additional amino acids.
In some instances the polypeptide acts as dominant negative inhibitor p53 degradation. In some instances, the polypeptide also includes a fluorescent moiety or radioisotope or a moiety that can chelate a radioisotope (e.g., mercaptoacetyltriglycine or 1, 4, 7, 10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N", N"-tetraacetic acid (DOTA)) chelated to a radioactive isotope of Re, In or Y). In some instances, R1 and R2 are methyl;
R3 is C8 alkyl, Cii alkyl, C8 alkenyl, Cii alkenyl, C8 alkynyl, or Cii alkynyl; and x is 2, 3, or 6. In some instances, the polypeptide includes a PEG linker, a tat protein, an affinity label, a targeting moiety, a fatty acid-derived acyl group, a biotin moiety, a fluorescent probe (e.g. fluorescein or rhodamine), or a metal chelating group.
The peptides may contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, individual diastereomers and diastereomeric mixtures and geometric isomers (e.g. Z or cis and E or trans) of any olefins present. All such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included in the present invention. The compounds may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms, in such instances, the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein (e.g., isomers in equilibrium (e.g., keto-enol), wherein alkylation at multiple sites can yield regioisomers), regioisomers, and oxidation products of the compounds disclosed herein (the invention expressly includes all such reaction products). All such isomeric forms of such compounds are included as are all crystal forms.
The peptides can also include amino acids containing both an amino group and a carboxyl group bonded to a carbon referred to as the alpha carbon. Also bonded to the alpha carbon is a hydrogen and a side-chain. Suitable amino acids include, without limitation, both the D- and L- isomers of the 20 common naturally occurring amino acids found in peptides (e.g., A, R, N, C, D, Q, E, G, H, I, L, K, M, F, P, S, T, W, Y, V (as known by the one letter abbreviations)) as well as the naturally occurring and unnaturally occurring amino acids prepared by organic synthesis or other metabolic routes.
Table 2 below provides the structures of the side chains for each of the 20 common naturally-occurring amino acids. In this table the "¨" at right side of each structure is the bond to the alpha carbon.
Table 2 F¨Single [¨Three Amino acid Structure of side chain Letter Letter Alanme A Ala CH3-Arginine I R 1 Arg HN=C(NH2)-NH-(CH2)3-Asparagine I N I Asn H2N-C(0)-CH2-Aspartic acid D Asp H0(0)C-CH2-..... ...................................
Cysteine C Cys HS-CH,-........................................ , .....................
Glutamine 1 Q 1 Gin H,N-C(0)-(CH,),--, Glutamic acid ... E ....... Glu H0(0)C-(CH,)2-_ _______________ Glycine ___________ r G i ......... Gly H-N=CH-NH-CH=C-CH2-Histidine f I His 1 ________________________________________________________ 1 Isoleucine I I I He CH3-CH2-CH(CH3)-Leucine L Leu (CH:1)1-CH-C1-I2-..... ...................................
Lysine K Lys H2N-(CH2)4-Methionine 1 M I Met ....... , CH3-S-(('H,),-, ...............................................................
Phenylalanine F Phe Phenyl-CH,-¨ ............................................................. ¨
-N-(CH2)3-CH-Proline 1 P 1--- Pro 1 ________________________________________________________ 1 Serine 1 S 1 Ser HO-CH,-Threonine 1 T I Thr CH3-CH(OH)-Phenyl-NH-CH=C-CH2-Tryptophan W Trp 1 _________________________________________________________ 1 :
Tyrosine 1 Y 1 Tyr ' 4-0H-Phenyl-CH2-........................................ , .....................
Valine V Val CH3-CH(CH7)-- ................................ . .........
A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of a polypeptide (without abolishing or substantially altering its activity. An "essential" amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of the polypeptide, results in abolishing or substantially abolishing the polypeptide activity.
In some embodiments, the term "essential" amino acid residue as used herein, includes conservative substitutions of the essential amino acid. Generally, the "essential"
amino acid residues are found at the interacting face of the alpha helix.
The symbol " "when used as part of a molecular structure refers to a single bond or a trans or cis double bond.
The term "amino acid side chain" refers to a moiety attached to the a-carbon in an amino acids. For example, the amino acid side chain for alanine is methyl, the amino acid side chain for phenylalanine is phenylmethyl, the amino acid side chain for cysteine is methylthiol, the amino acid side chain for aspartate is carboxymethyl, the amino acid side chain for tyrosine is 4-hydroxyphenylmethyl, etc. Other non-naturally occurring amino acid side chains are also included, for example, those that occur in nature (e.g., an amino acid metabolite) or those that are made synthetically (e.g., an alpha di-substituted amino acid).
The term polypeptide encompasses two or more naturally occurring or synthetic amino acids linked by a covalent bond (e.g., an amide bond). Polypeptides as described herein include full length proteins (e.g., fully processed proteins) as well as shorter amino acids sequences (e.g., fragments of naturally occurring proteins or synthetic polypeptide fragments).
The term "halo" refers to any radical of fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The term "alkyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain, containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-C10 indicates that the group may have from 1 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 1 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl (i.e., -R-).
The term "alkenyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds in either Z or E
geometric configurations. The alkenyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-C10 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "lower alkenyl" refers to a C2-C8 alkenyl chain.
In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkenyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 2 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. The alkynyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-C10 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. The term "lower alkynyl"
refers to a C2-C8 alkynyl chain. In the absence of any numerical designation, "alkynyl" is a chain (straight or branched) having 2 to 20 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it.
The term "aryl" refers to a 6-carbon monocyclic or 10-carbon bicyclic aromatic ring system wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
The term "arylalkyl" or the term "aralkyl" refers to alkyl substituted with an aryl.
The term "arylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy substituted with aryl.
The term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein includes saturated and partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 3 to 8 carbons, and more preferably 3 to 6 carbons, wherein the cycloalkyl group additionally may be optionally substituted. Preferred cycloalkyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, cyclooctatrienyl, and cyclooctynyl.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, 0, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or furanyl, imidazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, thiophenyl, quinolinyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and the like. The term "heteroarylalkyl" or the term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl substituted with a heteroaryl. The term "heteroarylalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy substituted with heteroaryl.
The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a nonaromatic 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from 0, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, 0, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, aziridinyl, oxiryl, thiiryl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
The term "substituents" refers to a group "substituted" on an alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl group at any atom of that group. Suitable substituents include, without limitation, halo, hydroxy, mercapto, oxo, nitro, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkaryl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkoxycarbonyl, amido, carboxy, alkanesulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, azido, and cyano groups.
In some instances, the hydrocarbon tethers (i.e., cross links) described herein can be further manipulated. In one instance, a double bond of a hydrocarbon alkenyl tether, (e.g., as synthesized using a ruthenium-catalyzed ring closing metathesis (RCM)) can be oxidized (e.g., via epoxidation or dihydroxylation) to provide one of compounds below.
\N)1 [Xaa]3_N, 4.5. 1/4N [Xaa]3_N ,L
/
HO OH
Either the epoxide moiety or one of the free hydroxyl moieties can be further functionalized. For example, the epoxide can be treated with a nucleophile, which provides additional functionality that can be used, for example, to attach a tag (e.g., a radioisotope or fluorescent tag). The tag can be used to help direct the compound to a desired location in the body or track the location of the compound in the body.
Alternatively, an additional therapeutic agent can be chemically attached to the functionalized tether (e.g., an anti-cancer agent such as rapamycin, vinblastine, taxol, etc.). Such derivitization can alternatively be achieved by synthetic manipulation of the amino or carboxy terminus of the polypeptide or via the amino acid side chain.
Other agents can be attached to the functionalized tether, e.g., an agent that facilitates entry of the polypeptide into cells.
While hydrocarbon tethers have been described, other tethers are also envisioned.
For example, the tether can include one or more of an ether, thioether, ester, amine, or amide moiety. In some cases, a naturally occurring amino acid side chain can be incorporated into the tether. For example, a tether can be coupled with a functional group such as the hydroxyl in serine, the thiol in cysteine, the primary amine in lysine, the acid in aspartate or glutamate, or the amide in asparagine or glutamine.
Accordingly, it is possible to create a tether using naturally occurring amino acids rather than using a tether that is made by coupling two non-naturally occurring amino acids. It is also possible to use a single non-naturally occurring amino acid together with a naturally occurring amino acid.
It is further envisioned that the length of the tether can be varied. For instance, a shorter length of tether can be used where it is desirable to provide a relatively high degree of constraint on the secondary alpha-helical structure, whereas, in some instances, it is desirable to provide less constraint on the secondary alpha-helical structure, and thus a longer tether may be desired.
Additionally, while examples of tethers spanning from amino acids i to i+3, i to i+4; and i to i+7 have been described in order to provide a tether that is primarily on a single face of the alpha helix, the tethers can be synthesized to span any combinations of numbers of amino acids.
It is further envisioned that the staple itself may contribute to binding interactions at the surface of the target protein binding site, and thus, may be used to increase affinity while retaining target affinity, as has been reported (Stewart et al, Nature Chem. Biol., 2010; Joseph et al, Cell Cycle, 2010 (supra)).
In some instances, alpha disubstituted amino acids are used in the polypeptide to improve the stability of the alpha helical secondary structure. However, alpha disubstituted amino acids are not required, and instances using mono-alpha substituents (e.g., in the tethered amino acids) are also envisioned.
In some instances it can be useful to create an inactive stapled peptide by replacing one or more (e.g., all three) of Phe6, Trpio, Leu13 of the interacting face of p53 (e.g., of SEQ ID NO:1) with another amino acid, e.g., Ala. Such inactive stapled peptides can be useful, for example, as negative controls.
The stapled polypeptides can include a drug, a toxin, a derivative of polyethylene glycol; a second polypeptide; a carbohydrate, etc. Where a polymer or other agent is linked to the stapled polypeptide is can be desirable for the composition to be substantially homogeneous.
The addition of polyethelene glycol (PEG) molecules can improve the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of the polypeptide. For example, PEGylation can reduce renal clearance and can result in a more stable plasma concentration. PEG is a water soluble polymer and can be represented as linked to the polypeptide as formula:
X0--(CH2CH20)õ--CH2CH2--Y where n is 2 to 10,000 and X is H or a terminal modification, e.g., a C1_4 alkyl; and Y is an amide, carbamate or urea linkage to an amine group (including but not limited to, the epsilon amine of lysine or the N-terminus) of the polypeptide. Y may also be a maleimide linkage to a thiol group (including but not limited to, the thiol group of cysteine). Other methods for linking PEG to a polypeptide, directly or indirectly, are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The PEG can be linear or branched. Various forms of PEG including various functionalized derivatives are commercially available.
PEG having degradable linkages in the backbone can be used. For example, PEG
can be prepared with ester linkages that are subject to hydrolysis. Conjugates having degradable PEG linkages are described in WO 99/34833; WO 99/14259, and U.S.
6,348,558.
In certain embodiments, macromolecular polymer (e.g., PEG) is attached to an agent described herein through an intermediate linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is made up of from 1 to 20 amino acids linked by peptide bonds, wherein the amino acids are selected from the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. Some of these amino acids may be glycosylated, as is well understood by those in the art. In other embodiments, the 1 to 20 amino acids are selected from glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and lysine. In other embodiments, a linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine and alanine. Non-peptide linkers are also possible.
For example, alkyl linkers such as ¨NH(CH2)õC(0)¨, wherein n = 2-20 can be used.
These alkyl linkers may further be substituted by any non-sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C6) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH2, phenyl, etc. U.S.
Pat. No. 5,446,090 describes a bifunctional PEG linker and its use in forming conjugates having a peptide at each of the PEG linker termini.
The stapled peptides can also be modified, e.g., to facilitate cellular uptake or increase in vivo stability, in some embodiments. For example, acylating or PEGylating a peptidomimetic macrocycle facilitates cellular uptake, increases bioavailability, increases blood circulation, alters pharmacokinetics, decreases immunogenicity and/or decreases the needed frequency of administration.
In some embodiments, the stapled peptides disclosed herein have an enhanced ability to penetrate cell membranes (e.g., relative to non-stapled peptides).
These same peptides can also possess, or can be modified to possess, an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 1 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 3 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 10 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of 70 micromolar or weaker. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of between 1-70 micromolar. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an apparent affinity to human serum proteins of between micromolar. In some embodiments, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.1-50%. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.5-10%. For example, a polypeptide can be selected such that the apparent serum binding affinity (Kd*) of the crosslinked polypeptide is 1, 3, 10, 70 micromolar or greater. In other embodiments, the Kd* of the crosslinked polypeptide is 1 to 10, 70, or 700 micromolar. In other embodiments, the crosslinked polypeptides are selected such that it possesses an estimated free fraction in human blood of between 0.1 and 50%, or between 0.15 and 10%. Methods for quantifying the propensity for any particular peptide to bind to serum proteins are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0216688, published August 26, 2010).
In some embodiments, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.1-50%. In another embodiment, the improved cross-linked polypeptide possesses an estimated free fraction in whole blood of between 0.5-10%.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a stapled peptide, or can include a modification to a stapled peptide, disclosed in any one or more of: U.S.
Patent Publication No. 2010/0168388, published July 1, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2010/0216688, published August 26, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/0184628, published July 22, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2009/0047711, published February 19, 2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0088533, published April 2, 2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0326192, published December 31, 2009; U.S.
Patent Publication No. 2009/0275519, published November 5,2009; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2008/0262200, published October 23, 2008; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/022549, published January 28, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No.
2010/0113466, published May 6, 2010; U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009/0069334, published March 12, 2009, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can be a stapled peptide, or can include a modification to a stapled peptide, e.g., at the amino and/or carboxyl terminus. In some embodiments, the amino and/or carboxyl terminal modification can include amino and/or carboxyl terminal derivatizations including, but not limited to, for example, N-terminal biotin, N-terminal Ac, N-terminal Ac-bala, N-terminal PEG, C-terminal amide, and/or C-terminal COOH.
In some embodiments, as noted above, the HDMX modulating agent may also bind to HDM2 (e.g., GenBank Accession No.: 228952; GI:228952) and/or HDM4 (also referred to as HDMX; GenBank Accession No.: 88702791; GI:88702791). In such instances, the affinity of the HDMX modulating agent for HDMX will be higher (e.g., substantially higher, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 250, 500, 1000, or 2000 fold higher, or more than 2000 fold higher) than the affinity of the HDMX modulating agent for HDM2 or HDM4.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can bind to both HDM2 and HDMX, but only inhibit (e.g., substantially inhibit) the activity of HDMX.
As noted above, methods of synthesizing the compounds of the described herein are known in the art. Nevertheless, the following exemplary method may be used. It will be appreciated that the various steps may be performed in an alternate sequence or order to give the desired compounds. Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in synthesizing the compounds described herein are known in the art and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W.
Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3d. Ed., John Wiley and Sons (1999); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995), and subsequent editions thereof The peptides of this invention can be made by chemical synthesis methods, which are well known to the ordinarily skilled artisan. See, for example, Fields et al., Chapter 3 in Synthetic Peptides: A User's Guide, ed. Grant, W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, N.Y., 1992, p. 77. Hence, peptides can be synthesized using the automated Merrifield techniques of solid phase synthesis with the a-NH2 protected by either t-Boc or Fmoc chemistry using side chain protected amino acids on, for example, an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer Model 430A or 431.
One manner of making of the peptides described herein is using solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS). The C-terminal amino acid is attached to a cross-linked polystyrene resin via an acid labile bond with a linker molecule. This resin is insoluble in the solvents used for synthesis, making it relatively simple and fast to wash away excess reagents and by-products. The N-terminus is protected with the Fmoc group, which is stable in acid, but removable by base. Any side chain functional groups are protected with base stable, acid labile groups.
Longer peptides could be made by conjoining individual synthetic peptides using native chemical ligation. Alternatively, the longer synthetic peptides can be synthesized by well-known recombinant DNA techniques. Such techniques are provided in well-known standard manuals with detailed protocols. To construct a gene encoding a peptide of this invention, the amino acid sequence is reverse translated to obtain a nucleic acid sequence encoding the amino acid sequence, preferably with codons that are optimum for the organism in which the gene is to be expressed. Next, a synthetic gene is made, typically by synthesizing oligonucleotides which encode the peptide and any regulatory elements, if necessary. The synthetic gene is inserted in a suitable cloning vector and transfected into a host cell. The peptide is then expressed under suitable conditions appropriate for the selected expression system and host. The peptide is purified and characterized by standard methods.
The peptides can be made in a high-throughput, combinatorial fashion, e.g., using a high-throughput multiple channel combinatorial synthesizer available from Advanced Chemtech.
In the modified polypeptides, one or more conventional peptide bonds replaced by a different bond that may increase the stability of the polypeptide in the body. Peptide bonds can be replaced by: a retro-inverso bonds (C(0)-NH); a reduced amide bond (NH-CH2); a thiomethylene bond (S-CH2 or CH2-S); an oxomethylene bond (0-CH2 or 0); an ethylene bond (CH2-CH2); a thioamide bond (C(S)-NH); a trans-olefin bond (CH=CH); a fluoro substituted trans-olefin bond (CF=CH); a ketomethylene bond (C(0)-CHR) or CHR-C(0) wherein R is H or CH3; and a fluoro-ketomethylene bond (C(0)-CFR or CFR-C(0) wherein R is H or F or CH3.
The polypeptides can be further modified by: acetylation, amidation, biotinylation, cinnamoylation, farnesylation, fluoresceination, formylation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, phosphorylation (Ser, Tyr or Thr), stearoylation, succinylation and sulfurylation. The polypeptides of the invention may also be conjugated to, for example, polyethylene glycol (PEG); alkyl groups (e.g., C1-straight or branched alkyl groups); fatty acid radicals; and combinations thereof a,a-Disubstituted non-natural amino acids containing olefinic side chains of varying length can be synthesized by known methods (Williams et al. J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 113:9276, 1991; Schafineister et al., J. Am. Chem Soc., 122:5891, 2000; and Bird et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:369, 2008). For peptides where an i linked to i+7 staple is used (two turns of the helix stabilized) either one S5 amino acid and one R8 is used or one S8 amino acid and one R5 amino acid is used. R8 is synthesized using the same route, except that the starting chiral auxillary confers the R-alkyl-stereoisomer.
Also, 8-iodooctene is used in place of 5-iodopentene. Inhibitors are synthesized on a solid support using solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) on MBHA resin.
Fmoc-protected a-amino acids (other than the olefinic amino acids Fmoc-S5-0H, Fmoc-R8-0H , Fmoc-R8-0H, Fmoc-S8-0H and Fmoc-R5-0H), 2-(6-chloro-1-H-benzotriazole-1-y1)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate (HCTU), and Rink Amide MBHA are commercially available from, e.g., Novabiochem (San Diego, CA).
Dimethylformamide (DMF), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA), trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), 1,2-dichloroethane (DCE), fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), and piperidine are commercially available from, e.g., Sigma-Aldrich. Olefinic amino acid synthesis is reported in the art (Williams et al., Org.
Synth., 80:31, 2003).
In some embodiments, stapled peptides can be generated using the following method. Peptides can be synthesized manually using Fmoc solid phase peptide chemistry on Rink amide MBHA resin with loading levels of 0.4-0.6 mmol/g resin. The following protocol was used:
1. The Fmoc protective group was removed with 20% piperidine in NMP for 30 min.
2. The resin was washed with NMP five times.
3. The subsequent Fmoc-protected amino acid was coupled for 30 min (60 min for a cross-linker) using Fmoc-AA (10 equiv., 4 equiv. for a cross-linker), HCTU (9.9 equiv., 3.9 equiv. for a cross-linker), and DIEA (20 equiv., 7.8 equiv. for a cross-linker).
4. The resin was washed with NMP five times.
5. Repeat from step 1.
All peptides were capped with a 13-alanine residue at the N-terminus. CD
experiments make use of peptides that have been acetylated at the N-terminus. The acetylation reaction consisted of deprotection of the Fmoc group as outlined above, followed by reaction with acetic anhydride and DIEA. All other experiments shown make use of fluoresceinated peptides at the N-terminus. To this end, the peptides with the deprotected N-terminus were exposed to fluorescein isothiocyanate in DMF overnight in the presence of DIEA.
Ring-closing metathesis reaction can be performed on the N-terminal capped peptides while still on the solid support in a disposable fritted reaction vessel. The resin was exposed to a 10 mil/ solution of bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)benzylidine ruthenium (IV) dichloride (Grubbs First Generation Catalyst) in 1,2-dichloroethane or dichloromethane for 2 hours. The catalyst addition and 2 hour metathesis reaction was repeated once. The resin-bound peptide was washed with CH2C12 three times and dried under a stream of nitrogen.
Peptides can be cleaved from the resin and deprotected by exposure to Reagent K
(82.5% TFA, 5% thioanisole, 5% phenol, 5% water, 2.5% 1, 2-ethanedithiol) or 95%
TFA, 2.5% water, 2.5% triisopropylsilane and precipitated with methyl-tert-butyl ether at 4 C and lyophilized. Peptides can be purified, e.g., using HPLC and optionally lyophilized.
In some embodiments, the peptides are substantially free of non-stapled peptide contaminants or are isolated. Methods for purifying peptides include, for example, synthesizing the peptide on a solid-phase support. Following cyclization, the solid-phase support may be isolated and suspended in a solution of a solvent such as DMSO, DMSO/dichloromethane mixture, or DMSO/NMP mixture. The DMSO/dichloromethane or DMSO/NMP mixture may comprise about 30%, 40%, 50% or 60% DMSO. In a specific embodiment, a 50%/50% DMSO/NMP solution is used. The solution may be incubated for a period of 1, 6, 12 or 24 hours, following which the resin may be washed, for example with dichloromethane or NMP. In one embodiment, the resin is washed with NMP. Shaking and bubbling an inert gas into the solution may be performed.
Properties of the cross-linked polypeptides of the invention can be assayed, for example, using the methods described below.
Assays to Determine a-Helicity: Compounds are dissolved in an aqueous solution (e.g. 50 mM potassium phosphate solution at pH 7, or distilled H20, to concentrations of 25-50 IM). Circular dichroism (CD) spectra are obtained on a spectropolarimeter (e.g., Jasco J-710) using standard measurement parameters (e.g. temperature, 20 C;
wavelength, 190-260 nm; step resolution, 0.5 nm; speed, 20 nm/sec;
accumulations, 10;
response, 1 sec; bandwidth, 1 nm; path length, 0.1 cm). The a-helical content of each peptide is calculated by dividing the mean residue ellipticity by the reported value for a model helical decapeptide (Yang et al., Methods Enzymol. 130:208 (1986)).
Assays to Determine Melting Temperature (Tm): Peptidomimetic macrocycles or unmodified peptides are dissolved in distilled H20 (e.g. at a final concentration of 50 itt.M) and Tm is determined by measuring the change in ellipticity over a temperature range (e.g. 4 to 95 C) on a spectropolarimeter (e.g., Jasco J-710) using standard parameters (e.g. wavelength 222 nm; step resolution, 0.5 nm; speed, 20 nm/sec;
accumulations, 10; response, 1 sec; bandwidth, 1 nm; temperature increase rate: 1°
C./min; path length, 0.1 cm).
Protease Resistance Assays: The amide bond of the peptide backbone is susceptible to hydrolysis by proteases, thereby rendering peptidic compounds vulnerable to rapid degradation in vivo. Peptide helix formation, however, typically buries the amide backbone and therefore may shield it from proteolytic cleavage. The peptidomimetic macrocycles of the present invention may be subjected to in vitro trypsin proteolysis to assess for any change in degradation rate compared to a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide. For example, the peptidomimetic macrocycle and a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide are incubated with trypsin agarose and the reactions quenched at various time points by centrifugation and subsequent HPLC
injection to quantitate the residual substrate by ultraviolet absorption at 280 nm. Briefly, the peptidomimetic macrocycle and peptidomimetic precursor (5 mcg) are incubated with trypsin agarose (Pierce) (S/E.about.125) for 0, 10, 20, 90, and 180 minutes.
Reactions are quenched by tabletop centrifugation at high speed; remaining substrate in the isolated supernatant is quantified by HPLC-based peak detection at 280 nm. The proteolytic reaction displays first order kinetics and the rate constant, k, is determined from a plot of 1n[S] versus time.
Ex Vivo Stability Assays: Peptidomimetic macrocycles and/or a corresponding uncrosslinked polypeptide can be each incubated with fresh mouse, rat and/or human serum (e.g. 1-2 mL) at 37 C for, e.g., 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, and 24 hours. Samples of differing macrocycle concentration may be prepared by serial dilution with serum. To determine the level of intact compound, the following procedure may be used: The samples are extracted by transferring 100 ul of sera to 2 ml centrifuge tubes followed by the addition of 10 [IL of 50% formic acid and 500 !IL acetonitrile and centrifugation at 14,000 RPM
for 10 min at 4±2 C. The supernatants are then transferred to fresh 2 ml tubes and evaporated on Turbovap under N2<10 psi, 37 C. The samples are reconstituted in 100 !IL
of 50:50 acetonitrile:water and submitted to LC-MS/MS analysis. Equivalent or similar procedures for testing ex vivo stability are known and may be used to determine stability of macrocycles in serum.
In vitro Binding Assays: To assess the binding and affinity of peptidomimetic macrocycles and peptidomimetic precursors to acceptor proteins, a fluorescence polarization assay (FPA) can be used, for example. The FPA technique measures the molecular orientation and mobility using polarized light and fluorescent tracer. When excited with polarized light, fluorescent tracers (e.g., FITC) attached to molecules with high apparent molecular weights (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides bound to a large protein) emit higher levels of polarized fluorescence due to their slower rates of rotation as compared to fluorescent tracers attached to smaller molecules (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides that are free in solution).
In vitro Displacement Assays to Characterize Antagonists of Peptide-Protein Interactions: To assess the binding and affinity of compounds that antagonize the interaction between a peptide and an acceptor protein, a fluorescence polarization assay (FPA) utilizing a fluoresceinated peptidomimetic macrocycle derived from a peptidomimetic precursor sequence is used, for example. The FPA technique measures the molecular orientation and mobility using polarized light and fluorescent tracer. When excited with polarized light, fluorescent tracers (e.g., FITC) attached to molecules with high apparent molecular weights (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides bound to a large protein) emit higher levels of polarized fluorescence due to their slower rates of rotation as compared to fluorescent tracers attached to smaller molecules (e.g. FITC-labeled peptides that are free in solution). A compound that antagonizes the interaction between the fluoresceinated peptidomimetic macrocycle and an acceptor protein will be detected in a competitive binding FPA experiment.
Binding Assays in Intact Cells: It is possible to measure binding of peptides or crosslinked polypeptides to their natural acceptors in intact cells by immunoprecipitation experiments, e.g., as described herein.
P-LISA and Immunofluorescence. To assess the capacity of SAH-p53-8 to disrupt intracellular complexes of p53/HDMX in intact cells, a P-LISA assay was applied.
U205 cells expressing a doxycycline-inducible HA-HDMX construct (Wang et al., 2007) were seeded onto coverslips and treated with doxycyline for 24 h. SAH-p53-8 (10 lM), enantiomeric Nutlin-3 (10 ilM) (Roche), or both compounds were added for the final 8 h of treatment. The cells were fixed in 3.7% paraformaldehyde, washed in PBS, and permeabilized in 0.2% Triton X-100 for 5 min. Coverslips were then blocked in 10%
normal goat serum in PBS (NGS) for 2 h. For P-LISA, primary antibodies HA.11 (BabCo, 1:500) and FL393 (Santa Cruz, 1:1000) were diluted in PBS/EDTA/0.2%
Triton X-100/2% NGS and incubated at 4 C overnight. Following washes with TBS/0.05%
Tween-20, a proximity ligation in situ assay (P-LISA) was performed according to the manufacturer's protocol (Detection Kit 613, OLink Bioscience) with the following exception: goat anti-rabbit (minus) and anti-mouse (plus) P-LISA probes were diluted in NGS at 1:10 instead of 1:5. Coverslips were mounted on microscope slides and images acquired using OpenLab software (Improvision) and a Zeiss Axioplan 2 microscope.
Nuclear foci (at least 100 cells per treatment) were quantified using Blobfinder software (Centre for Image Analysis, Uppsala University, Sweden). All exposure times and intensity thresholds were set based on doxycycline/Nutlin-3 co-treatment and kept constant for each treatment. The statistical significance of the observed differences in foci number among the treatment conditions was determined using the unpaired t-test with Welch's correction. For standard immunofluorescence imaging of p53 and HDMX, the antibodies indicated above were again employed but following the PBS washes, the slides were incubated (1 h, room temperature) with goat anti-rabbit AF568 (1:1000) and goat anti-mouse AF488 (1:500) (Invitrogen/Molecular Probes) containing 1 ilg/mL
Hoechst. Density slices from each Hoechst image were generated in OpenLab, and used as masks to quantify the nuclear intensity of both p53 and HDMX. Total intensity was defined as average pixel intensity x nuclear area, and was corrected for nuclear size differences. Graphical representation and statistical analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel and Prism software (GraphPad). Cellular Penetrability Assays:
To measure the cell penetrability of peptides or crosslinked polypeptides, intact cells are incubated with fluoresceinated crosslinked polypeptides (10 ILLM) for 4 hrs in serum-free media or in media supplemented with human serum at 37 C, washed twice with media and incubated with trypsin (0.25%) for 10 min at 37 C. The cells are washed again and resuspended in PBS. Cellular fluorescence is analyzed, for example, by using either a FACSCalibur flow cytometer or Cellomics' KineticScan® HCS Reader.
Cellular Efficacy Assays: The efficacy of certain crosslinked polypeptides is determined, for example, in cell-based killing assays using a variety of tumorigenic and non-tumorigenic cell lines and primary cells derived from human or mouse cell populations. Cell viability is monitored, for example, over 24-96 hrs of incubation with crosslinked polypeptides (0.5 to 50 ILLM) to identify those that kill at EC50<10 itt.M.
Several standard assays that measure cell viability are commercially available and are optionally used to assess the efficacy of the crosslinked polypeptides. In addition, assays that measure Annexin V and caspase activation are optionally used to assess whether the crosslinked polypeptides kill cells by activating the apoptotic machinery. For example, the Cell Titer-GloTm assay is used which determines cell viability as a function of intracellular ATP concentration.
In Vivo Stability Assays: To investigate the in vivo stability of crosslinked polypeptides, the compounds are, for example, administered to mice and/or rats by IV, IP, PO or inhalation routes at concentrations ranging from 0.1 to 50 mg/kg and blood specimens withdrawn at 0', 5', 15', 30', 1 hr, 4 hrs, 8 hrs and 24 hours post-injection.
Levels of intact compound in 25 [IL of fresh serum are then measured by LC-MS/MS as above.
In Vivo Efficacy in Animal Models: To determine the anti-oncogenic activity of crosslinked polypeptides of the invention in vivo, the compounds are, for example, given alone (IP, IV, PO, by inhalation or nasal routes) or in combination with sub-optimal doses of relevant chemotherapy (e.g., cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, etoposide).
Leukemia can be monitored, for example, by injecting mice with D-luciferin (60 mg/kg) and imaging the anesthetized animals (e.g., Xenogen In Vivo Imaging System, Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.). Total body bioluminescence is quantified by integration of photonic flux (photons/sec) by Living Image Software (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.). Peptidomimetic macrocycles alone or in combination with sub-optimal doses of relevant chemotherapeutics agents are, for example, administered to leukemic mice (10 days after injection/day 1 of experiment, in bioluminescence range of 14-16) by tail vein or IP routes at doses ranging from 0.1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg for 7 to 21 days.
Optionally, the mice are imaged throughout the experiment every other day and survival monitored daily for the duration of the experiment. Expired mice are optionally subjected to necropsy at the end of the experiment. Another animal model is implantation into NOD-SCID mice of DoHH2, a cell line derived from human follicular lymphoma, that stably expresses luciferase. Another animal model is implantation into NOD-SCID-IL2Rynull (NSG) mice of Luc-JEG-3, a cell line derived from human choriocarcinoma that stably expresses luciferase These in vivo tests optionally generate preliminary pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and toxicology data.
Clinical Trials: To determine the suitability of the crosslinked polypeptides of the invention for treatment of humans, clinical trials can be performed. For example, patients diagnosed with cancer and in need of treatment are selected and separated in treatment and one or more control groups, wherein the treatment group is administered a crosslinked polypeptide of the invention, while the control groups receive a placebo or a known anti-cancer drug. The treatment safety and efficacy of the crosslinked polypeptides of the invention can thus be evaluated by performing comparisons of the patient groups with respect to factors such as survival and quality-of-life.
In this example, the patient group treated with a crosslinked polypeptide show improved long-term survival compared to a patient control group treated with a placebo.
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the small molecules disclosed by Reed et al., J. Biol. Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a HDMX
modulating agent can include the small molecule SJ-172550 disclosed by Reed et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 285:10786-10796 (2010).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the 314-helical I3-peptides disclosed by Harker et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, an HDMX
modulating agent can include the I33-peptide 1353-12 disclosed by Harker et al., Bioorg.
Med. Chem., 17:2038-2046 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the N-acylpolyamines (NAPAs) disclosed by Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety.
For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include NAPA25 disclosed by Hayashi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem., 17:7884-7893 (2009).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of the modified scorpion toxin miniature protein disclosed Li et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include stoppin-1 disclosed by Li et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 130:13546-13548 (2008).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more of thioredoxin-conjugated peptides disclosed by Hu et al., Cancer Res., 67:8810-(2007); Kallen et al., J. Biol. Chem., 284:8812-8821 (2009), which references are hereby incorporated in their entireties. For example, a HDMX modulating agent can include the pDI peptide disclosed by Phan et al., J. Biol. Chem., 285:2174-2183 (2010).
In some embodiments, the HDMX modulating agent can include one or more microRNAs (miRNAs) disclosed by Markey, et al Oncogene, 1-10 (2008), which reference is hereby incorporated in its entirety. For example, a HDMX
modulating agent can include the miRNA miR-34a disclosed by Markey, et al Oncogene, 1-10 (2008).
HDM2 Modulating Agents HDM2 modulating agents encompassed by the present disclosure include any agents that increase the expression, levels and/or activity of p53 in a cell by directly (e.g., by binding HDM2) or indirectly (e.g., by acting on a molecule or pathway that regulates HDM2 expression and/or activity) modulating (e.g., inhibit) the activity (e.g., the E3 ubiquitin ligase activity), expression (e.g., protein or mRNA expression) and/or levels (e.g., protein levels) of HDM2 in a cell.
In some embodiments, a HDM2 agent can include one or more of the agents disclosed below. For example, a HDM2 agent can include: (1) one or more non-stapled peptides that bind to HDM2; (2) one or more stapled p53 peptides that bind to HDM2; (3) one or more small molecules that that bind to HDM2; (4) one or more antibodies or antibody fragments that bind (e.g., bind specifically to) HDM2; (5) one or more nucleic acid molecules (e.g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules (e.g., RNAi or siRNA) that reduce HDM2 expression; (6) one or more pharmaceuticals that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDM2; and (7) one or more methods that that reduce the expression and/or activity of HDM2, and any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and/or (7).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDMX modulating agent disclosed herein (e.g., the HDM2 agent binds specifically to HDM2 without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDMX).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent can bind to HDM2 and HDMX. In such embodiments, however, the HDMX inhibitor will generally have a higher binding affinity for HDM2 than for HDMX (for example, the binding affinity of the HDM2 modulating agent can be 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more for HDM2 than for HDMX).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can bind to both HDM2 and HDMX, but only inhibit (e.g., substantially inhibit) the activity of HDM2.
In some embodiments, a HDM2 agent can include one or more of the peptides or stapled peptides disclosed herein so long as the peptide or stapled peptide binds to and/or modulates HDM2 (methods for assessing whether an agent modulates HDM2 expression or activity are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/525,123, which is hereby incorporated by reference).
In some embodiments, a HDM2 modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein: is not the same as a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein (e.g., the HDM2 agent binds specifically to HDM2 without binding (e.g., substantially binding) to HDMX), or is the same as a HDMX modulating agent used in the methods and compositions disclosed herein, but has a higher binding affinity for HDM2 than for HDMX (for example, the binding affinity of the HDMX modulating agent can be 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100-fold or more for HDM2 than for HDMX).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent is not SAH-p53-8 In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include Nutlin-3a (e.g., C30H30C12N404; molecular weight: 581.4896 [g/mol] (two and three-dimensional structures are shown at world wide web address pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/summary/summary.cgi?cid=216345 for) (F. Hoffinann-La Roche Ltd) (see Arya et al., British J. Cancer, 103:186-195 (2010); Laurie et al. Nature, 444:61-66 (2006): reports that Nutlin-3 binds to HDM2 and HDMX, but binds to with higher affinity than HDMX;), e.g., commercially available Nutlin-3 or Nutlin-3a.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more spiro-oxindoles disclosed by Shangary et al. (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 105:3933-(2008), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include the spiro-oxindoles disclosed by Ding et al. (J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 127:10130-10131 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more benzodiazepinediones disclosed by Grasberger et al. (J. Med. Chem. 48:909-912 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include one or more terphenyl-based helical mimetics disclosed by Yin et al. (Angew. Chem. Int.
Ed. 44:2704-2707 (2005)), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include antibodies that bind to (e.g., bind specifically to) HDM2 (e.g., monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies or antigen binding fragments of a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody that binds to (e.g., binds specifically to) HDM2. In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent can include the monoclonal antibody MDM2-F4-14 disclosed by Anderson et al.
(International J. Oncology, 31:545-555 (2007), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent includes one or more 'miniature proteins' disclosed by Kritzer et al. (ChemBioChem, 7:29-31 (2006), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, the modulating agent can include the miniature peptide p53AD15_31 disclosed by Kritzer et al.
(ChemBioChem, 7:29-31 (2006)).
In some embodiments, the HDM2 modulating agent includes one or more microRNAs (miRNAs) disclosed by Pichiorri, et al Cancer Cell, 18:367-381 (2010), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a HDM2 modulating agent can include the miRNA miR-192 disclosed by Pichiorri, et al Cancer Cell, 18:367-381 (2010).
Compositions and/or Methods for Inducing p53 Expression and/or Activity As noted above, any combination of a HDMX modulating agent or a HDMX
modulating agent in combination with a HDM2 modulating agent can be used in combination with a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. Exemplary compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity can include, but are not limited to, ionizing radiation, ultraviolet light, DNA
damaging agents such as etoposide, actinomycin D, doxorubicin, paclitaxel, and other chemotherapeutic agents.
In some embodiments, p53 activity in a cell can be increased by introducing active p53 into a cell (e.g., using viruses (e.g., retroviruses) and/or DNA
transduction). In some embodiments, the active p53 can be expressed from a nucleic acid sequence obtained from the subject and/or the active p53 can be an isolated protein obtained from the subject and optionally coupled to a moiety that increases cell penetrability of the p53.
In some embodiments, p53 activity can be increased by retroviral reconstruction of p53 in a targeted fashion in cancer cells (e.g., cancer cells with diminished p53 activity).
In some embodiments, a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity can include one or more HDM2 inhibitors disclosed herein.
As used herein, the term "expression" includes protein and/or nucleic acid expression and/or protein activity.
Pharmaceutical Compositions In some embodiments, compositions including pharmaceutical compositions, disclosed herein can include: (1) one or more HDMX modulating agents; and/or (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents; and/or (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1)-(3), e.g., any combination of (1) with (2) and/or (3) (e.g., (1) and (2), (1) and (3), and (1), and (2), and (3)).
Furthermore, the methods disclosed herein include the use of any of these compositions, e.g., as compositions or pharmaceutical compositions.
As used herein, the compounds of this invention, including the compounds of formulae described herein, are defined to include pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or prodrugs thereof. A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug"
means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester, or other derivative of a compound or agent disclosed herein which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention. Particularly favored derivatives and prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a mammal (e.g., by allowing an orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into the blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system) relative to the parent species. Preferred prodrugs include derivatives where a group which enhances aqueous solubility or active transport through the gut membrane is appended to the structure of formulae described herein.
The compounds of this invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
Examples of suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, butyrate, citrate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, formate, fumarate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, palmoate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoromethylsulfonate, and undecanoate. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N-(alkyl)4+ salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
The compounds of the formulae described herein can, for example, be administered by injection, intravenously, intraarterially, subdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously; or orally, buccally, nasally, transmucosally, topically, in an ophthalmic preparation, or by inhalation, with a dosage ranging from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight, or according to the requirements of the particular drug.
Alternatively or in addition, the present invention may be administered according to any of the Food and Drug Administration approved methods, for example, as described in CDER Data Standards Manual, version number 004 (which is available at fda.give/cder/dsm/DRG/drg00301.htm).
The methods herein contemplate administration of an effective amount of compound or compound composition to achieve the desired or stated effect.
Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention will be administered from about 1 to about 6 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w). Alternatively, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
In some embodiments, an effective dose of a HDMX modulating agent (e.g., a p53 stapled peptide) can include, but is not limited to, for example, about, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-10000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-5000;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-2500; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-1000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-900; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-800; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-700; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-600; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-500;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-400; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-300;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-200; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-100;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-90; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-80; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-70; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-60; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-50; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-40; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-20; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-15, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 -10, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; or 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-5 mg/kg/day, e.g., administered intravenously.
In some embodiments, an effective dose of SAH-p53-8 can include, but is not limited to, for example, about, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-10000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-5000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-2500;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-1000; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-900; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-800; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-700; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-600; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-500; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-400; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-300; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-200;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-100; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-90;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-80; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-70;
0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-60; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-50; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-40; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-20; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-15, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 -10, 0.00001, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1 or 10-30; or 0.00001,0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 1-5 mg/kg/day, e.g., administered intravenously.
Lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the disease, condition or symptoms, the patient's disposition to the disease, condition or symptoms, and the judgment of the treating physician.
Upon improvement of a patient's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of this invention may be administered, if necessary.
Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained. Patients may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention comprise a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; an additional agent including for example, morphine or codeine; and any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. Alternate compositions of this invention comprise a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. The compositions delineated herein include the compounds of the formulae delineated herein, as well as additional therapeutic agents if present, in amounts effective for achieving a modulation of disease or disease symptoms.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant" refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-a-tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
Cyclodextrins such as a-, 13-, and y-cyclodextrin, may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of compounds of the formulae described herein.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra¨articular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Alternatively or in addition, the present invention may be administered according to any of the Food and Drug Administration approved methods, for example, as described in CDER Data Standards Manual, version number 004 (which is available at fda.give/cder/dsm/DRG/drg00301.htm).
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween 80) and suspending agents.
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, emulsions and aqueous suspensions, dispersions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions and/or emulsions are administered orally, the active ingredient may be suspended or dissolved in an oily phase is combined with emulsifying and/or suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These compositions can be prepared by mixing a compound of this invention with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the active components. Such materials include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
When the compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of the formulae described herein and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 1 to 100%, and more preferably between about 5 to 95% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. The additional agents may be administered separately, as part of a multiple dose regimen, from the compounds of this invention. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the compounds of this invention in a single composition.
The terms "effective amount" and "effective to treat," as used herein, refer to an amount or a concentration of one or more compounds or a pharmaceutical composition described herein utilized for a period of time (including acute or chronic administration and periodic or continuous administration) that is effective within the context of its administration for causing an intended effect or physiological outcome.
Effective amounts of one or more compounds or a pharmaceutical composition for use in the present invention include amounts that promote increased p53 levels (e.g., protein levels) and/or p53 activity (e.g., biological activity) in a cell. A
therapeutically effective amount of a compound is not required to cure a disease but will provide a treatment for a disease.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for using any one or more of the compositions (indicated below as 'X') disclosed herein in the following methods:
Substance X for use as a medicament in the treatment of one or more diseases or conditions disclosed herein (e.g., cancer, referred to in the following examples as 'Y').
Use of substance X for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Y;
and substance X for use in the treatment of Y.
Methods of Treatment/Personalized Medicine The present disclosure includes treatment methods for cancer, e.g., methods for treating cancer in a subject (e.g., a human subject). As used herein, "treatment" means any manner in which one or more of the symptoms of a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) are ameliorated or otherwise beneficially altered. As used herein, amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disorder (e.g., cancer) refers to any lessening, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with treatment by the compositions and methods of the present invention. In some embodiments, treatment can promote or result in, for example, a decrease in the number of cancer cells (e.g., in a subject) relative to the number of cancer cells (e.g., in the subject) prior to treatment; a decrease in the viability (e.g., the average/mean viability) of cancer cell(s) (e.g., in a subject) relative to the viability (e.g., the average/mean viability) of cancer cell(s) (e.g., in the subject) prior to treatment; a reduction in tumor size relative to tumor size prior to treatment; and/or reductions in one or more symptoms associated with one or more cancers in a subject relative to the subject's symptoms prior to treatment.
In some embodiments, the methods can include selecting a subject in need of treatment (e.g., a subject at risk for, that has, or that is suffering from, one or more cancers) and administering to the subject an effective dose of one or more of:
(1) one or more HDMX modulating agents; (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents; and (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1) with (2) and (3) (e.g., (1) and (2); (1) and (3); and (1), and (2), and (3)) under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject.
Such methods can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy.
In some embodiments, the methods can include developing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject with cancer. Such methods can include, for example, identifying a subject with cancer cells that are sensitive to HDM2 modulating agents and treating the subject with one or more HDM2 modulating agents; identifying a subject with cancer cells that are sensitive to HDMX modulating agents and treating the subject with one or more HDMX modulating agents; and identifying a subject with cancer cells that are resistant to HDM2 modulating agents and/or HDMX modulating agents and treating the subject with a synergistic combination of one or more HDMX
modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents (see FIGs. 11 and 12). In some embodiments, the methods can include determining the most appropriate treatment for a subject confirmed to have cancer (e.g., by determining the susceptibility of one or more of the subject's cancer cells to treatment using the compositions disclosed herein (e.g., in vitro)), developing a treatment regimen for the subject, and optionally administering to the subject a composition in accordance with the treatment regimen. These methods can include, for example:
(i) selecting a subject having cancer; evaluating (e.g., detecting) the expression and/or activity of p53 in the subject's cancer (e.g., in a cancer cell obtained from the subject (e.g., obtained by biopsy); and, if p53 expression and/or activity is detected, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(ii) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(iii) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject; monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment: and, if the efficacy of the treatment is low, administering to the subject one or more modulators of HDM2;
(iv) selecting a subject having cancer; detecting the presence and/or level of a p53-HDMX complex in a sample (e.g., a cancer cell) obtained from the subject (e.g., a cancer cell obtained by biopsy) and assessing the level of p53 in the sample to determine if the level or activity of p53 is low (e.g., relative to the level or activity of p53 in a cancer cell that exhibits reduced viability when contacted with one or more HDMX
modulating agents. In some embodiments the level of p53 is compared to the level of p53 in a JEG-3 and/or MCF-7 cell or cells. In some embodiments, activity can be assessed by titrating dissociation of HDMX-p53 complexes, as described herein); and, if the p53-HDMX complex is detected and the level of p53 is low, providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents to the subject. In some embodiments, the methods can also include providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that further includes administering an effective amount of a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
(v) selecting a subject with cancer that has previously received one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3), but whose cancer cells were resistant (e.g., partially resistant) to the HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutli-3); and providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, a composition and/or method for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject;
and/or (vi) selecting a subject with cancer that has previously received one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8), but whose cancer cells were resistant (e.g., partially resistant) to the HDMX modulating agents; and providing the subject with a personalized treatment regimen that includes administering an effective amount of one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, a composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity. In some embodiments, the method includes administering the one or more HDMX modulating agents and the one or more HDM2 modulating agents and, optionally, the composition for inducing p53 expression and/or activity to the subject under conditions and for a period of time sufficient to treat the subject.
It should be noted that methods (i)-(vi) can be performed independently or together and in any order. Any of methods (i)-(vi) can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after administration of the composition to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy.
In some embodiments, HDMX modulating compositions and methods herein can be used in the treatment of a subject in combination with other anti-cancer therapies or therapeutic methods. For example, HDMX modulating compositions and methods herein can be used in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and antibody therapy.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure includes compositions and methods for treating a subject at risk for developing radiation-induced gastrointestinal syndrome (see, e.g., Kirsch et al., Science, 327:593-596 (2010) for a review). Acute exposure to ionizing radiation can cause lethal damage to the gastrointestinal (GI) tract leading to a condition known as GI syndrome. Overexpression of p53, e.g., in epithelial cells of the GI tract protects the GI against damage caused by acute ionizing radation (Kirsch et al.
(2010).
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present disclosure includes selecting a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy (e.g., ionizing radiation therapy) and developing a treatment regimen for the subject. The treatment regimen can include treating (e.g., administering) the subject with an effective dose of one or more HDMX
modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and/or an effective dose of one or more modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3) prior to (e.g., immediately prior to, one day before, more than one day before, one week before, more than one week before) being exposed to radiation (e.g., ionizing radiation). In some embodiments, the subject can be treated with a single dose or multiple doses of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3) prior to (e.g., immediately prior to, one day before, more than one day before, one week before, more than one week before) being exposed to radiation (e.g., ionizing radiation).
In some embodiments, the dose/doses is/are administered systemically. Alternatively or in addition, the dose/doses is/are administered locally (e.g., locally to the GI
or to the GI
epithelial cells in the GI). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an effective dose of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an effective dose of one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3). In some embodiments, the treatment includes an synergistic dose of one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8) and one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutlin-3). The methods can also include monitoring or evaluating the subject during and after treatment to determine the efficacy of the treatment, and, if necessary, adjusting treatment, e.g., prior to further radiation therapy (e.g., by altering the composition, by increasing the dose of a single administration of the composition, by increasing the number of doses of the composition administered per day, and/or by increasing the number of days the composition is administered) to improve efficacy of the treatment. These methods can also include administering one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents to a subject in combination with radiation therapy.
Subject Selection The term "subject" is used throughout the specification to describe an animal, human or non-human, to whom treatment according to the methods of the present invention is provided.
As used herein, the terms "cancer", "hyperproliferative" and "neoplastic"
refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. As described herein, the present methods can be used to treat any cancer cell capable of expressing functional p53. For example, any cancer cell in which functional p53 is expressed but wherein the levels or activity of p53 are reduced in the cell by HDMX and/or HDMX can be beneficially treated using the compositions and methods disclosed herein. Wild type p53 activity is not required. For example, cells which express mutant p53 that retains some function can be beneficially treated.
Accordingly, the present disclosure can include: (1) identifying a subject with cancer; and (2) determining if the subject's cancer cells encode or express functional p53;
and (3) treating the subject or developing a treatment for the subject if the subject's cancer cells express functional p53 using the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
For example, p53 function can be assessed in any of the cancers below.
In some instances, a subject or a cell from a subject should be capable of expressing functional p53. Such functional p53 should have some p53 function but does not have to have the same level of function as wild type p53. Accordingly, functional p53 can include mutated p53 that retains some level of function. In some instances, functional p53 can have 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more of the functional activity of wild type p53 (e.g., wild type p53 in a non-cancer cell from the same subject). In some embodiments, a cell may be capable of expressing functional p53 but functional p53 is not detectable (for example, functional p53 is expressed but rapidly degraded in the cell). Such cells can be identified by detecting that the cell encodes functional p53. Such methods can be performed, for example, using e.g., DNA probes and/or by detecting p53 mRNA in the cell or a sample therefrom.
Examples of cancers or neoplastic conditions include, but are not limited to, a fibrosarcoma, myosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, uterine cancer, cancer of the head and neck, skin cancer, brain cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, chorio carcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, non-small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, leukemia, lymphoma, or Kaposi sarcoma.
Examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders.
As used herein, the term "hematopoietic neoplastic disorders" includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus (1991), Crit Rev.
Oncol./Hemotol. 11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin's disease and Reed-Stemberg disease.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the breast include, but are not limited to, proliferative breast disease including, e.g., epithelial hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, and small duct papillomas; tumors, e.g., stromal tumors such as fibroadenoma, phyllodes tumor, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papilloma; carcinoma of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget's disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma, and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms. Disorders in the male breast include, but are not limited to, gynecomastia and carcinoma.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the lung include, but are not limited to, bronchogenic carcinoma, including paraneoplastic syndromes, bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, such as bronchial carcinoid, miscellaneous tumors, and metastatic tumors; pathologies of the pleura, including inflammatory pleural effusions, noninflammatory pleural effusions, pneumothorax, and pleural tumors, including solitary fibrous tumors (pleural fibroma) and malignant mesothelioma.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the colon include, but are not limited to, non-neoplastic polyps, adenomas, familial syndromes, colorectal carcinogenesis, colorectal carcinoma, and carcinoid tumors.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the liver include, but are not limited to, nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and malignant tumors, including primary carcinoma of the liver and metastatic tumors.
Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders of the ovary include, but are not limited to, ovarian tumors such as, tumors of coelomic epithelium, serous tumors, mucinous tumors, endometrioid tumors, clear cell adenocarcinoma, cystadenofibroma, Brenner tumor, surface epithelial tumors; germ cell tumors such as mature (benign) teratomas, monodermal teratomas, immature malignant teratomas, dysgerminoma, endodermal sinus tumor, choriocarcinoma; sex cord-stomal tumors such as, granulosa-theca cell tumors, thecomafibromas, androblastomas, hill cell tumors, and gonadoblastoma; and metastatic tumors such as Krukenberg tumors.
Methods for identifying a subject at risk for developing and/or with cancer are known in the art. For example, methods for identifying a subject at risk for developing cancer (e.g., a subject with an increased likelihood for developing cancer) are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7611870 and Jie Li et al., Nature, Identification of high-quality cancer prognostic markers and metastasis network modules (2010)).
Exemplary methods for identifying a subject with cancer are also known in the art and include self-evaluation, clinical evaluation (including physical examination and biopsy), laboratory analysis (e.g., biomarker analysis), the Papanicolaou test (Pap smear), and imaging methods (e.g., mammography, MRI, PET and/or CT scan and angiogram). In some embodiments, the p53-HDMX biomarker disclosed herein is used to identify a subject with cancer (e.g., cancer that is susceptible to treatment with a HDMX
modulating agent).
As used herein, p53 activity can include, but is not limited, for example, p53 transcriptional activity (which can be assessed, e.g., by monitoring the transcription, mRNA levels, or protein levels of a target of p53, e.g., a p53 transcriptional target.
Suitable p53 transcriptional targets are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, e.g., SFN, GADD45A, CRYZ, 5100A2, BTG2, ODC1, TP53I3, TGFA, PCBP4, PLK2, CDC25C, CCNG1, IER3, TAP1, CDKN1A, EEF1A1, THBS2, ANLN, IGFBP3, EGFR, HGF, SERPINE1, MET, N053, TNFRSF10B, SCARA3, RRM2B, GML, DKK1, FAS, SCD, LRDD, CTSD, CD82, HSPA8, P53AIP1, 5LC38A2, MDM2, HDM2, RB1, BDKRB2, MMP2, CX3CL1, SERPINB4, GDF15, BBC3, BAX, PCNA, TRPM2, and P2RXL1) and/or p53 functional activity (e.g., p53 protein-interaction based function, e.g., cell death (e.g., necrosis and apoptosis), and cell cycle arrest). p53 activity can also be assessed by determining p53 transcription, mRNA, or protein levels. Methods for carrying out each of these exemplary methods are well known in the art.
Kits The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be provided in a kit. For example, the kit can include compositions and methods for developing a personalized treatment method for a subject with cancer. In some embodiments, these kits can include compositions for detecting a biomarker of p53 in complex with HDMX (e.g., an antibody that binds specifically to the complex and/or components required to immunoprecipitate p53 or HDMX and to detect p53 or HDMX
by immunoblotting (e.g., a kit can provide a first antibody (e.g., an anti-p53 antibody) to immunoprecipitate p53 and a second antibody (e.g., an anti-HDMX antibody) to detect HDMX by immunoblotting; or a kit can provide a first antibody (e.g., an anti-HDMX
antibody) to immunoprecipitate HDMX and a second antibody (e.g., an anti-p53 antibody) to detect by immunoblotting). In some embodiments, the kit can further include compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, that include: (1) one or more HDMX modulating agents (e.g., SAH-p53-8); and/or (2) one or more HDM2 modulating agents (e.g., Nutliln-3); and/or (3) one or more compositions and/or methods for inducing p53 expression and/or activity, including any combination of (1)-(3), e.g., any combination of (1) with (2) and/or (3) (e.g., (1) and (2), (1) and (3), and (1), and (2), and (3) for administering to the subject. In such instances, the compositions for administering to the subject can be personalized to the subject.
Alternatively, the compositions for administering to the subject are not personalized. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods for developing a personalized treatment method and the compositions for administering to the subject are provided in separate and independent kits.
The kits can also include informational material relevant to the compositions and methods of using the compositions. The informational material can be descriptive, instructional, marketing or other material that relates to the methods described herein and/or to the use of the agent for the methods described herein. For example, the informational material relates to the use of the compound to treat a subject who has, or who is at risk for developing cancer. The kits can also include paraphernalia for administering one or more compounds to a cell (in culture or in vivo) and/or for administering a cell to a patient, and any combination of the methods described herein.
In one embodiment, the informational material can include instructions for administering the pharmaceutical composition and/or cell(s) in a suitable manner to treat a human, e.g., in a suitable dose, dosage form, or mode of administration (e.g., a dose, dosage form, or mode of administration described herein). In another embodiment, the informational material can include instructions to administer the pharmaceutical composition to a suitable subject, e.g., a human, e.g., a human having, or at risk for developing cancer.
The informational material of the kits is not limited in its form. In many cases, the informational material (e.g., instructions) is provided in printed matter, such as in a printed text, drawing, and/or photograph, such as a label or printed sheet.
However, the informational material can also be provided in other formats, such as Braille, computer readable material, video recording, or audio recording. Of course, the informational material can also be provided in any combination of formats.
In addition to the compound, the composition of the kit can include other ingredients, such as a solvent or buffer, a stabilizer, a preservative, and/or a second agent for treating a condition or disorder described herein. Alternatively, the other ingredients can be included in the kit, but in different compositions or containers than the compound.
In such embodiments, the kit can include instructions for admixing the agent and the other ingredients, or for using one or more compounds together with the other ingredients.
The kit can include one or more containers for the pharmaceutical composition.
In some embodiments, the kit contains separate containers, dividers or compartments for the composition and informational material. For example, the composition can be contained in a bottle, vial, or syringe, and the informational material can be contained in a plastic sleeve or packet. In other embodiments, the separate elements of the kit are contained within a single, undivided container. For example, the composition is contained in a bottle, vial or syringe that has attached thereto the informational material in the form of a label. In some embodiments, the kit includes a plurality (e.g., a pack) of individual containers, each containing one or more unit dosage forms (e.g., a dosage form described herein) of the pharmaceutical composition. For example, the kit can include a plurality of syringes, ampoules, foil packets, or blister packs, each containing a single unit dose of the pharmaceutical composition. The containers of the kits can be air tight and/or waterproof, and the containers can be labeled for a particular use. For example, a container can be labeled for use to treat a hearing disorder.
As noted above, the kits optionally include a device suitable for administration of the composition (e.g., a syringe, pipette, forceps, dropper, swab, or any such delivery device).
EXAMPLES
The invention is further described in the following examples, which do not limit the scope of the invention described in the claims.
Example 1: Design, Synthesis, and Characterization of p53 Stapled Peptides To design SAH-p53 compounds, synthetic olefinic derivatives were placed at positions that avoid critical HDM2-binding residues. Hydrocarbon staples spanning the i, i+7 positions were generated by olefin metathesis, as shown in FIG 1A.
Peptide synthesis, olefin metathesis, FITC derivatization, reverse phase HPLC
purification, and amino acid analysis were performed as previously reported.
More specifically, the sequence of SAH-58-8, shown in FIG. 1B as SAH-p53-8, resulted from modification of the wild-type p53 transactivation domain amino acid sequence (amino acids 14-29 of SEQ ID NO:1), also shown in FIG. 1B as WT p5314-29.
Briefly, amino acids at positions S20 and P27 were replaced with synthetic olefinic residues. The structurally reinforcing "hydrocarbon staple" was then generated by olefin metathesis according to the method described in Bird et al., (Methods Enzymol., 446:369-386 (2008)), which methods are hereby incorporated by reference, and illustrated in FIG. 1D. Additional residues not required for HDM2 interaction were also modified to improve peptide solubility and uptake as described by Bernal et al. (J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)). SAH-p58-8 and the methods employed in the design and synthesis of SAH-p53-8 are described in Bernal et al. (J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)), which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference.
SAH-p53-8H9 a control peptide, was generated by substituting amino acid F19 of SAH-p53-8 (an essential amino acid for HDM2 interaction (Bottger et al., J.
Mol. Biol., 269:744-756 (1997)) with alanine. SAH-p53=8F19 serves as a negative control for the biological experiments described herein.
The sequence and other properties of these and other stapled p53 peptides are shown in FIG. 1C. The characteristics of these peptides were assessed. More specifically, to evaluate the structural impact of installing an all-hydrocarbon i, i+ 7 staple, circular dichroism (CD) experiments were performed to determine a-helicity.
As shown in FIC. 1C, while the wild type p53 peptide displayed 11% a-helical content in water at pH 7.0, SAH-p53s 1-4 demonstrated 10-59% a-helicity. SAH-p53-4 also demonstrated improved proteolytic stability. Also as shown in FIG. 1C, while SAH-p53 compounds were incapable of penetrating intact Jurkat T-cells, SAH-p535-8 were cell permeable are were positively charged at physiological pH. Thus positive charge may be a characteristic feature or requirement for cell penetrating peptides.
SAH-p53-5-8 were generated by replacing aspartic and glutamic acids with asparagines and glutamines to adjust peptide charge and mutate select amino acids previously reported to participate in p53 nuclear export (L14Q) and potential ubiquitylation (K24R). These modifications resulted in stapled peptides that exhibited a 2-8.5 fold enhancement in a-helical content, retained high binding affinity for HDM2, and demonstrated time- and temperature-dependent cellular uptake by FACS and confocal microscopy. Cell viability assays using RKO or SJSA-1 cancer cells exposed to SAH-p53 peptides indicated that SAH-p53-8, which contained point mutations in both nuclear export and ubiquitylation sites, was structurally-stabilized, cell-permeable, and promoted cell death.
Example 2: SAH-p53-8 Binds to HDMX and HDM2 Interaction of SAH-p53-8 with HDMX was assessed using fluorescence polarization (FP) using full length HDMX and FITC-labeled stapled peptides, WT-p5314-29, SAH-p53-8, and SAH-p53-8H9A.
Recombinant HDM2 was generated as previously reported (Bernal et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)).
To generate recombinant HDMX, Escherichia coli BL21 (DE3) pLysS containing the plasmid encoding full-length HDMX with N-terminal thioredoxin, S, and hexahistidine tags, and an engineered TEV protease cleavage site (pET32-LIC
vector, Novagen) were cultured in ampicillin- and chloramphenicol-containing Luria-Bertani broth and induced with 0.1 mM isopropyl 13-D-thiogalactoside. Cells were harvested after 6 h by centrifugation for 20 min at 3200 rpm, resuspended in buffer A
(20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 0.5 M NaC1) and lysed by sonication. Cellular debris was pelleted by centrifugation for 30 min at 15,000 rpm, and the supernatant was incubated with Ni-NTA
agarose (Qiagen) for 2 hours. Resin was washed with buffer A and eluted with a gradient of imidazole ranging from 5 mM to 500 mM. The fractions containing the eluted protein were concentrated and treated overnight with recombinant TEV S219V protease (Kapust et al., Protein Eng., 14:993-1000 (2001)) at 4 C. The reaction was concentrated to 2 mL
and purified by size exclusion chromatography using a G200 column. Purity of the protein was assessed by SDS-PAGE and its identity confirmed by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry.
FP assays were performed as previously described (Bernal et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Pitter et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:387-408 (2008)).
Briefly, dissociation constants for peptide-protein interactions were determined by incubating fluoresceinated peptides (25 nM) with full-length HDMX or HDM17-125 (25 pM ¨ 100 nM). Fluorescence polarization was then measured at equilibrium on a SpectraMax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices).
As shown in FIG. 2A, FITC-SAH-p53-8 displayed strong affinity for HDMX
(KD = 2.3 0.2 nM). The affinity for SAH-p53-8 surpassed the affinity of SAH-p53-8 for HDM2 (KB = 55 11 nM previously reported by Bernal et al., (J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007)). In contrast, as shown in FIG. 2A, WT-p5314-29 and SAH-p53-8F19A showed no interaction with HDMX in the same dose ranges.
Competition binding assays were also performed to test the capacity of acetyl-capped SAH-p53-8 to disrupt the high affinity complexes of FITC-SAH-p53-8 with HDM2 and HDMX.
FP assays were conducted essentially as described above except FITC-peptide (25 nM) was combined with a serial dilution of Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) or unlabeled SAH-p53-8 followed by addition of HDM2 or HDMX protein (100 nM). IC50 values for FITC-peptide displacement were calculated by nonlinear regression analysis using Prism software (GraphPad).
As shown in FIG. 2B, both SAH-p53-8 and the selective HDM2-inhibitor Nutlin-3 effectively competed with FITC-SAH-p53-8 for HDM2 binding (the relatively larger interaction surface of a stapled peptide compared to a small molecule may explain in part why SAH-p53-8 is more effective than Nutlin-3 in this assay). In contrast, as shown in FIG. 2C, only SAH-p53-8 was capable of dissociating the FITC-SAH-p53-8/HDMX
interaction.
These data demonstrate that SAH-p53-8 targets both HDM2 and HDMX in vitro, and exhibits a greater than 25-fold binding preference for HDMX over HDM2.
Example 3: SAH-p53-8 Binds to Intracellular HDMX and HDM2 The capacity of SAH-p53-8 to target intracellular HDM2 and HDMX was assessed by conducting immunoprecipitation experiments in SJSA-X cells, an overexpressing osteosarcoma cell line engineered to also overexpress HDMX
(Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)).
Briefly, anti-FITC pull down experiments were performed as previously described (Pitter et al., Methods Enzymol., 446:387-408 (2008); Walensky et al., Mol.
Cell., 24:199-210 (2006)), as follows. Cells (1.5 x 106) were treated with FITC-SAH-p53 peptides (15 t.M) and lysed in buffer B (0.1% Triton X-100, 50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 150 mM NaC1, 1 mM PMSF, EDTA-free protease inhibitor tablet (Roche), and 20 units/mL benzonase nuclease (EMD Chemicals). Proteins were co-immunoprecipitated with goat-anti-FITC antibody (AbCam) and western analysis of electrophoresed proteins performed using mouse anti-HDM2 (IF2; EMD Chemicals), rabbit anti-HDMX
(BL1258;
Bethyl Laboratories), and 13-actin (Sigma) antibodies. Fluorescence imaging of the blot was performed using a Typhoon 8600 Imaging System (Molecular Dynamics).
Cells were treated with vehicle, FITC-SAH-p53-8, or FITC-SAH-p53-8F19A for 12 hours. Western blot was used to confirm the presence of FITC-SAH-p53-8 and FITC-SAH-p53-8F19A in the cellular lysates, confirming that both SAH-p53 peptides efficiently penetrated intact SJSA-X cells. Cells were then lysed and anti-FITC pull down was performed, followed by HDM2 and HDMX western analyses. As shown in FIG. 3, native HDM2 and HDMX specifically co-immunoprecipitated with FITC-SAH-p53-8, but not with FITC-SAH-p53-8H9A.
These data extend the in vitro findings by demonstrating that SAH-p53-8 can access both HDM2 and HDMX targets within cells.
Example 4: SAH-p53-8 is Cytotoxic to Cancer Cells that Overexpress HDMX, HDM2, or Both HDMX and HDM2 The impact of SAH-p53-8 treatment on cell viability was evaluated by treating a panel of solid tumor cells that express different levels of HDM2 and/or HDMX.
Cell lines selected for use represent several types of cancer in which the levels of HDM2 and/or HDMX are altered to a degree that results in decreased p53 function.
For example, cell lines used represent human cancers in which: functional HDM2 is overexpressed but HDMX is absent (see SJSA-1); HDM2 is absent but functional HDMX
is overexpressed (see JEG-3); functional HDM2 and function HDMX are both overexpressed (see SJSA-X); and HDM2 and HDMX are expressed (see MCF-7). Cell lines were also included that expressed wild type p53. Cell lines used included:
SJSA-1, a HDM2-overexpressing osteosarcoma that does not express HDMX
(i.e., a HDM2++/HDMX- cell line);
an engineered SJSA-X derivative that overexpresses both HDM2 and HDMX
(i.e., a HDM2++/HDMX++ cell line);
the HDMX-overexpressing choriocarcinoma cell line JEG-3 that does not express HDM2 (i.e., a HDM2-/HDMX++ cell line); and the HDM2 expressing and HDMX expressing breast and colon cancer cell lines MCF-7 and HCT116 (i.e., a HDM2+/HDMX+ cell line) (see Bunz et al., 1999; Chen et al., 2007; Drukteinis et al., 2005; Kwok et al., 1994; Wade et al., 2008; Xia et al., 2008) (i.e., HDM2/HDMX- cell lines). SJSA-DD cells that express the dominant negative p53-DD protein (Shaulian et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 12:5581-5592 (1992) and Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)), HCT116 cells deficient in p53 (Bunz et al., J. Clin.
Invest., 104:263-269 (1999)), and A431 melanoma cells bearing the R273H p53 mutation (Kwok et al., Cancer Res., 54:2834-2836 (1994)) to assess the importance of p53 activity in the therapeutic strategies disclosed herein. Finally, WS1 normal human fibroblasts were tested to evaluate relative toxicity in tumor versus non-transformed cells. Use of these cell lines allows analysis of the effectiveness or efficacy of therapeutic strategies that target HDM2 or HDMX or both in cancer cells.
Cultured cells were maintained in the appropriate media (SJSA-1, SJSA-X, SJSA-DD, A431 (DMEM); JEG-3, MCF-7, WS1 (EMEM); HCT116 (McCoy's 5A)) supplemented with fetal calf serum and penicillin/streptomycin. For viability analysis, 1 x 104 cells were seeded in 96-well plates overnight, washed in PBS, and then incubated with p53 stapled peptides, Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals), or both in OPTI-MEMTm at the indicated doses for 24 h. Viability was assayed by addition of CellTiter-GloTm chemiluminescence reagent according to the manufacturer's protocol (Promega).
Luminescence was measured using a Spectramax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices). Data were normalized to vehicle-treated controls and, where appropriate synergy between SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 was calculated using the Calcusyn software package (Chou, 2006) (Biosoft; Cambridge, UK). All viability assays were performed in at least triplicate.
As noted above, cultured cells were treated with serial dilutions of Nutlin-3, SAH-p53-8, or the SAH-p53-8H9A point mutant control. As shown in FIG. 4A, whereas SJSA-1 cells were very sensitive to treatment with Nutlin-3, SJSA-X and JEG-3 cells showed little to no response to Nutlin-3 (see FIGs. 4B and 4C, respectively).
In other words, Nutlin-3 reduces cell viability in cells that express functional HDM2, but not HDMX (i.e., SJSA-1); however, Nutlin-3 is not effective in cells that do not express HDM2, but that do express HDMX (i.e., JEG-3), and the efficacy of Nutlin-3 is reduced in cells that express both HDM2 and HDMX (i.e., SJSA-X). These observations are consistent with the ability of Nutlin-3 to target HDM2 but not HDMX.
As shown in FIGs. 4D and 4E, MCF-7 and HCT116 cells, which express HDM2 and HDMX, but do not overexpress either protein, were also modestly sensitive to Nutlin-3 treatment, consistent with the co-expression of HDM2 and HDMX in these cells. Thus, these data demonstrate that Nutlin-3 reduces cell viability when HDM2 is overexpressed or expressed, but that the efficacy of Nutlin-3 when used alone is decreased in cells that also overexpress HDMX.
In contrast, as shown in FIG. 4A-4E, SAH-p53-8 caused dose-dependent inhibition of cell viability in all five cell lines. This observation supports that SAH-p53-8 is capable of reactivating the p53 pathway when cells express elevated or normal levels of HDM2, HDMX, or both proteins.
Of note, despite the relatively enhanced capacity of SAH-p53-8 to displace the p53 transactivation helix from HDM2 compared to Nutlin-3 in vitro shown in FIG. 2B, Nutlin-3 was more cytotoxic than SAH-p53-8 in SJSA-1 cells (see FIG. 4A. This apparent discrepancy likely derives from (1) the preferential HDMX-binding activity of SAH-p53-8 compared to HDM2, thus lowering the effective concentration of SAH-p53-8 available for HDM2-targeting, and (2) the potential differential efficiencies of cellular import mechanisms for stapled peptides (i.e. pinocytosis (Bernal et al., J.
Am. Chem.
Soc., 129:2456-2457 (2007); Walensky et al., Science, 305:1466-1470 (2004)) and small molecules (i.e. diffusion). Consistent with the in vitro binding data shown herein, which revealed a binding preference of SAH-p53-8 for HDMX over HDM2 (see FIG. 2A), SJSA-X cells were more susceptible to SAH-p53-8 than SJSA-1 cells (see FIGs.
4A and 4B). Moreover, the HDMX-overexpressing JEG-3 cells were most sensitive to SAH-p53-8 but most resistant to Nutlin-3 (see FIG. 4C). This finding is considered in the following mechanistic analysis.
SAH-p53-8 cytoxicity was confirmed to be specifically dependent on wild-type p53 protein activity and does not significantly affect the viability of normal fibroblasts (see FIG. 41). Genetic deletion of p53 from HCT116 cells or overexpression of a dominant negative form of p53 in SJSA-1 cells rendered both cell types completely insensitive to Nutlin-3 and SAH-p53-8 (see FIG. 4F and 4G). As shown in FIG.
4H, the A431 melanoma cell line, which bears an inactivating p53 point mutation, was similarly unaffected by the treatments. As noted above, SAH-p53-8, like Nutlin-3, was found to have no impact on the viability of normal human fibroblasts (see FIG. 41).
As a further measure of specificity, the mutant peptide SAH-p53-8F19A was observed to be inactive in all cell lines tested (see FIG. 4A-4I). These data further indicate that the anti-tumor cell activity of SAH-p53-8 is peptide-sequence dependent and derives from its intracellular targeting of HDM2 and HDMX.
Example 5: SAH-p53-8 Blocks HDMX-Mediated Sequestration of p53 and Reactivates the p53 Tumor Suppressor Pathway Immunoprecipitation Studies Immunoprecipitation studies were performed in the JEG-3 cell line a HDM2-/HDMX++ cell line) to determine whether the pharmacologic advantage of SAH-p53-8 in Nutlin-3-resistant cells derives from HDMX targeting.
Cell culture and immunoprecipitations were performed as described in Example 3 except, for HDMX immunoprecipitation experiments, cells (1.5 x 106) were treated with either SAH-p53-8 alone or Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) alone at the indicated doses in 0.5 mL OPTI-MEMTm (Invitrogen) with or without 10 MG-132 for 6 h. After washing with PBS (2 x 1 mL), the cells were lysed in buffer B. HDMX was immunoprecipitated with anti-HDMX antibody (BL1258; Bethyl Laboratories) and western analysis of electrophoresed protein was conducted using p53 (D0-1; EMD Chemicals or FL-393;
Santa Cruz Biotechnology), HDMX (MDMX-82; Abcam), and HAUSP (anti-USP7, Bethyl Labs) antibodies, and Western Lightning chemiluminescence reagent (PerkinElmer). After 6 hour treatment with vehicle, SAH-p53-8, or Nutlin-3, cellular extracts were prepared and subjected to anti-HDMX pull down, followed by p53 western analysis.
As shown in FIG. 5, JEG-3 were found to have robust levels of p53 protein, which co-immunoprecipitated with HDMX (see FIG. 5A). Whereas an increase in p53 levels was observed upon treatment with either SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (see FIG.
'input'), only SAH-p53-8 treatment impacted JEG-3 cell viability.
HMDX IP was used to examine whether SAH-p53-8 treatment prevents HDMX-mediated sequestration of p53, especially when p53 levels are further boosted by HDM2 blockade. As shown in FIG. 5A 'IP: HDMX', SAH-p53-8 effectively blocked the formation of p53-HDMX complexes, resulting in a lower amount of p53 being immunoprecipitated by HDMX. In contrast, p53-HDMX complexes were preserved, if not increased, in Nutlin-3 treated cells (see FIG. 5A 'IP: HDMX'). As shown in FIG. 5B, p53 levels were further stabilized by treating cells with the proteasome inhibitor MG-132.
Furthermore, this increased stability noted by an increase in precipitated HDMX-p53 complex was decreased in a dose-dependent manner upon treatment with SAH-p53-8 (see FIG. 5B).
To document that SAH-p53-8 could disrupt the p53/HDMX interaction in a cellular context, we employed a proximity ligation in situ assay, or P-LISA, and directly monitored p53-HDMX complex formation and pharmacologic dissociation in cells (Soderberg et al., 2006) (Figure 5C-E). U205 osteosarcoma cells containing a doxycycline-inducible HA-HDMX construct (Wang et al., 2007) were treated with doxycycline in the presence or absence of SAH-p53-8, Nutlin-3, or both. In the presence of doxycycline alone, the HA-HDMX produced binds to endogenous p53, leading to the formation of detectable but low intensity P-LISA foci (Figure 5D, 5E). The combination of doxycycline and Nutlin-3 treatment generated a robust P-LISA signal, which represents abundant formation of p53/HA-HDMX complexes (Figure 5D, 5E).
Despite similar levels of p53 induction in response to single agent SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 treatment (Figure 5C), the P-LISA signal generated by treatment with doxycycline was blocked upon co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 (Figure 5D, 5E). Furthermore, combining SAH-p53-8 with doxycycline/Nutlin-3 significantly reduced the P-LISA signal generated by the doxycycline/Nutlin-3 combination alone (Figure 5D, 5E).
Taken together, these data support that SAH-p53-8, but not Nutlin-3, inhibits the formation of p53-HDMX complexes due to its capacity to target intracellular HDMX.
Quantitative PCR and Apoptosis Studies To link the pharmacologic disruption of the p53-HDMX protein complex by SAH-p53-8 with reactivation of the p53 tumor suppressor pathway, p53 transcriptional activity was indirectly analyzed by assessing transcriptional activity of p53 targets using qPCR analysis. P53 activity was also indirectly assessed using apoptosis assays, or more specifically by measuring apoptosis using a caspase-3/7 activation assay.
qPCR studies were performed as follows. JEG-3 cells (7.5 x 106) were seeded in 6-well plates and treated with vehicle or 20 ILIM SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (EMD
Chemicals), and incubated for 6 h at 37 C. RNA samples were prepared using the RNEasy Mini kit (Qiagen). Total RNA was reverse transcribed to cDNA using Superscript III reverse transcriptase (Invitrogen). The derived cDNA was employed as the substrate to measure relative transcript levels by qRT-PCR on a PRISM 7700 system using SYBR Green PCR Master Mix (Applied Biosystems). Primers specific for HDM2, p21, MIC-1, and the UBB control were employed. Triplicate reactions were prepared in 96-well optical PCR plates. Threshold-cycle (Ct) values were automatically calculated for each replicate and used to determine the relative expression of the gene of interest relative to UBB for both treated and untreated samples by the 2-AA" method (Livak and Schmittgen, Methods, 25:402-408 (2001)).
JEG-3 cells were treated with vehicle, Nutlin-3 (20 IM), or SAH-p53-8 (20 itt.M) for 6 h at 37 C, followed by RNA isolation, reverse transcription, and qPCR
analysis of the derived cDNA substrate using HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 primers. As shown in FIG.
6A, whereas Nutlin-3 induced a modest 1.5-4 fold upregulation of p53 transcriptional targets compared to vehicle, SAH-p53-8 triggered significantly higher (5-14 fold) mRNA
levels for the same target genes.
Apoptosis studies were performed as follows. JEG-3 cells (1 x 104) were seeded in 96-well plates overnight, washed in PBS, and then incubated with the indicated doses of SAH-p53-8 or Nutlin-3 (EMD Chemicals) in OPTI-MEMTm for 12 h. Caspase-3/7 activity was assayed by addition of Caspase-3/7-G1oTM chemiluminescence reagent according to the manufacturer's protocol (Promega) and luminescence measured using a Spectramax M5 microplate reader (Molecular Devices).
As shown in FIG. 6B, SAH-p53-8 treatment caused dose-responsive activation of caspase-3/7, whereas Nutlin-3 had little effect.
Thus, targeted disruption of the p53-HDMX complex by SAH-p53-8 in Nutlin-3-resistant JEG-3 cells coincides with upregulation of p53 transcriptional targets, caspase-3/7 activation, and reduced tumor cell viability.
Example 6: Suppression of JEG-3 Tumor Growth by Reactivation of the p53 Pathway in Vivo To determine if SAH-p53-8 could modulate the p53 pathway in vivo and thereby inhibit tumor growth, the activity of vehicle, Nutlin-3, and SAH-p53-8 were compared in a JEG-3 murine xenograft model.
Briefly, JEG-3 xenografts were established by injecting 107 cells subcutaneously into the flanks of NOD-SCID-IL2Rynull (NSG) mice (Jackson Labs). When tumors reached an average volume of 100 mm3, cohorts (n=7) were treated with vehicle (5%
DMSO in D5W), SAH-p53-8 (10 mg/kg), or Nutlin-3 (10 mg/kg) (EMD Chemicals) once daily for 4 days by intravenous injection. Tumor size was measured with calipers on days 1, 3, 4 and 5. On day 5, the mice were euthanized, tumors excised, and a portion of each tumor flash frozen and subjected to RNA isolation for qRT-PCR analysis, as described above. The remainder of each animal was fixed in Bouin's fixative and submitted to the Dana-Farber/Harvard Cancer Center (DF/HCC) Rodent Histopathology Core for complete necropsy. Animal experiments were approved by and performed in accordance with the guidelines and regulations set forth by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee of the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute.
As shown in FIG. 7A, whereas tumor growth rate was not affected by Nutlin-3 treatment, SAH-p53-8 significantly suppressed tumor growth, achieving and maintaining a 37-46% reduction in tumor burden compared to vehicle and Nutlin-3 throughout the 5-day evaluation period.
On day 5, the tumors were excised, flash frozen, and RNA extracted for qPCR
analysis using the HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 primer sets. Like the corresponding in vitro study performed with cultured JEG-3 cells, SAH-p53-8 induced statistically significant transcriptional activation of HDM2, p21, and MIC-1 in the tumors of treated mice (see FIG. 7B). Histologic examination of SAH-p53-8-treated mice showed no obvious toxicity of the compound to normal tissues, consistent with the inactivity of SAH-p53-8 in cell viability assays using cultured WS1 fibroblasts (see FIG. 41).
These in vivo data underscore the pharmacologic potential of HDMX targeting to functionally suppress tumor growth by reactivating the p53 pathway in the context of HDMX-mediated p53 suppression and Nutlin-3 resistance.
Example 7: Blueprint for Matching HDM2, HDMX, or Dual Inhibitors to Susceptible Cancer Cells Because HDMX targeting by SAH-p53-8 was most effective in reducing tumor cell viability when basal p53 levels were naturally elevated, synergy studies were performed in Nutlin-3-resistant cells to test whether SAH-p53-8-mediated HDMX
inhibition could re-sensitize cells to Nutlin-3-mediated p53 upregulation.
In cells with high HDMX, the pool of p53 induced by Nutlin-3 treatment can be sequestered in p53-HDMX complexes, subverting Nutlin-3 activity. Accordingly, it was hypothesized that HDMX blockade by SAH-p53-8 in such cells could restore Nutlin-3 activity by preventing HDMX-mediated p53 sequestration. The breast adenocarcinoma cell line MCF-7 overexpresses HDMX (Danovi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:5835-(2004)) and is only modestly sensitive to Nutlin-3 treatment (Wade et al., Cell Cycle, 7:1973-1982 (2008)). As shown in FIG. 8, whereas Nutlin-3 can elevate p53 levels in MCF-7 cells, this increase in p53 coincides with the appearance of the inhibitory p53-HDMX complex, limiting Nutlin-3 cytotoxicity. However, as shown herein, by employing Nutlin-3, MCF-7 cells were pharmacologically transformed into a JEG-3-like state that manifests increased abundance of p53 in complex with HDMX (see FIGs. 9-10). More specifically, when combined, SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 sensitize one another in a dose-responsive fashion (see FIGs. 9A-9B). As shown in FIG. 10A, synergy was confirmed using the CalcuSyn dose-effect analysis described by Chou (Pharmacol. Rev., 58:621-681 (2006)). The enhanced cytotoxicity observed upon co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 correlates with its blockade of p53-HDMX complex formation shown in FIG.
9A, consistent with the added capacity of SAH-p53-8 to target HDMX, a key source of resistance in MCF-7 cells. Further, as shown in FIG. 10B, Nutlin-3 does not synergize with SAH-p53-8 in JEG-3 cells, since endogenous p53 levels are already elevated.
Conversely, when HDMX and p53 expression levels are low and the cellular phenotype is instead driven by HDM2 expression, as in SJSA-1 cells, co-treatment with SAH-p53-8 provides no added benefit to Nutlin-3 (see FIG. 10C). However, induction of HDMX
expression in this isogenic cell line completely alters the synergy results rendering Nutlin-3 ineffective as a single agent, restoring susceptibility to SAH-p53-8, and re-establishing the synergistic benefit of combining Nutlin-3 with SAH-p53-8 treatment (see FIG. 10D). Further examples of synergistic anti-tumor activity upon combining SAH-p53-8 and Nutlin-3 are also shown for lymphoma and melanoma cancer cells (FIG.
G).
These synergy analyses provide a mechanistic framework for determining how to optimally apply HDM2- and HDMX-targeting agents to reactivate the p53 pathway in cancer. Indeed, HDMX targeting is maximally effective when p53 levels are naturally or pharmacologically increased, as reflected by the presence of detectable p53-HDMX
complexes, a potentially valuable biomarker for predicting therapeutic efficacy and monitoring the pharmacodynamic effects of treatment.
As shown herein, SAH-p53-8 binds to HDMX with high affinity in vitro and in vivo. As a result of this binding, SAH-p53-8 reduces p53-HDMX interaction, and thereby restores the p53 pathway, as evidenced, for example, by transcriptional upregulation of p53 targets and reduction of tumor cell viability both in vitro and in vivo (e.g., in animal models).
The data presented herein also makes apparent that therapeutic strategies for cancer treatment can be developed or improved by characterizing levels of certain proteins in tumor cells. For example, such methods include, e.g., confirming the expression of functional p53 (including wild type p53 expression and mutant p53 expression as long as the mutant p53 retains some function (e.g., p53 function sufficient to reduce viability of a cancer cell when the cell is exposed to one or more of the treatments disclosed herein)) and HDMX and/or HDM2 in a tumor cell (e.g., a tumor cell in a subject or a tumor cell obtained from a subject (e.g., a tumor cell in a biopsy sample).
Such methods are described in more detail below.
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.
Claims (16)
1. A method for increasing p53 activity in a cell, the method comprising:
obtaining a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53);
determining whether HDMX is expressed in the cell; and if HDMX is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
obtaining a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53);
determining whether HDMX is expressed in the cell; and if HDMX is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 30% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide; or SEQ ID NO:22, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 30% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not alter the interacting face of the peptide; or SEQ ID NO:22, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the p53 is human p53.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
6. The method of claim 1, further comprising contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the step of determining whether HDMX
is expressed comprises detecting the presence of a HDMX and/or a p53-HDMX
complex.
is expressed comprises detecting the presence of a HDMX and/or a p53-HDMX
complex.
9. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
determining whether HDM2 is expressed in the cell; and if HDM2 is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent.
determining whether HDM2 is expressed in the cell; and if HDM2 is expressed, contacting the cell with a HDM2 modulating agent.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
11. The method of one of claims 6 or 9 or 10, wherein the dose of the HDMX
modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the cell is in vitro.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the cell is in a subject.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the subject is a subject that has cancer.
15. A method for increasing p53 activity in a cell, the method comprising:
obtaining a cell in which p53 activity is not substantially increased upon treatment with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3); and contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
obtaining a cell in which p53 activity is not substantially increased upon treatment with a HDM2 modulating agent (e.g., Nutlin-3); and contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the HD
comprises :
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino aci peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more o interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a cons not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of t]
SEQ ID NO:22 23. A method for increasing p53 activity in a cell, the method comprising:
obtaining a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53);
contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent and an HDM2 modulating agent, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 30% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide; or SEQ ID NO:22;
wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the p53 is human p53.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
27. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
28. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
29. The method of claim 23, wherein the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
30. The method of claim 23, wherein the cell is in vitro.
31. The method of claim 23, wherein the cell is in a subject.
32. The method of claim 28, wherein the subject is a subject that has cancer.
33. A method for selecting a treatment for cancer in a subject, the method comprising:
detecting whether functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed in a biological sample comprising or obtained from an abnormally proliferating cell or cancer cell from a subject;
if functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed, detecting the level of HDM2, or HDMX, or both, in the sample;
selecting a treatment from the group consisting of:
(i) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent;
(ii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDMX modulating agent; and (iii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent and a HDMX
modulating agent, wherein treatment (i) is selected if the level of HDM2 is substantially greater than the level of HDMX in the sample, treatment (ii) is selected if the level of HDMX is substantially greater than the level of HDM2 in the sample, and treatment (iii) is selected if the levels of HDM2 and HDMX are about equal in the sample, thereby selecting a treatment for cancer in the subject; and administering to the subject a treatment in accordance with treatment (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein the selecting of a treatment and the administering of a treatment steps are performed by independent or the same parties at the same or different times.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent of (i) is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (i) is selected if HDM2 is expressed and HDMX is not expressed.
36. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (ii) is selected if HDMX is expressed and HDM2 is not expressed.
37. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (iii) comprises administering the HDM2 inhibitor and the HDMX inhibitor simultaneously or separately.
38. The method of claim 33, wherein the step of detecting the level of HDMX
comprises detecting the presence of a p53-HDMX complex.
39. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the p53 is human p53.
41. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
42. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
43. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
44. The method of claim 33, wherein the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent in treatment (iii) is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
45. A composition comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents.
46. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 85% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
47. The composition of claim 46, wherein the p53 is human p53.
48. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX modulating is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
49. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
50. The composition of claim 45, wherein one or more HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
51. An isolated protein complex consisting of p53 and HDMX.
52. An antibody that binds specifically to the isolated protein complex of claim 51.
53. A method for using the isolated protein complex of claim 51 in cancer diagnostics or for monitoring treatment efficacy.
54. A method for using the isolated protein complex of claim 51 for developing personalized therapeutic methods for treating cancer in a subject.
55. A kit comprising:
compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex; and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex.
56. A kit comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents;
and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered.
57. A combined kit comprising the kit of claim 55 and the kit of claim 56.
58. A method of treating a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy, the method comprising administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy.
59. A method of treating a subject with cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy and exposing the subject to radiation therapy.
60. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered locally, such as orally, to the gut of the subject.
61. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered systemically.
62. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
63. The method of claim 62, wherein the p53 is human p53.
64. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
65. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
66. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
67. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the dose of the HDMX
modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
68. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
69. An internally cross-linked polypeptide comprising at least six contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16(SEQ ID NO: 22), wherein:
Xaa1 is Leu or Gln, or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala;
Xaa5 is Thr or Ala;
Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa7= Ser;
Xaa8 = Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu;
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trp10 is Trp or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa11 = Lys or a positively charged amino acid;
Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala;
Leu13 is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa14= Pro or is missing;
Xaa15= Glu, or Gln or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu, or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein the side chains of at least two amino acids separated by two, three, or six amino acids are replaced by an internal cross-link.
70. The internally cross-linked peptide of claim 69, wherein:
Xaa1 is Leu or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu;
Xaa5 is Thr;
Phe6 is Phe;
Xaa7 is Ser;
Xaa8 is Asp;
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trp10 is Trp;
Xaa11 is Lys;
Xaa12 is Leu;
Leu13 is Leu;
Xaa14 is Pro or is missing;
Xaa15 is Glu, or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one, two, and/or three of Phe6, Trp10, and/or Leu13 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interaction between the binding face of the peptide and HDMX; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trp10, and/or Leu13are at least 30% (e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or SEQ ID NO:2.
71. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69 or 70, wherein the amino acid sequence is SEQ ID NO: 10.
72. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-71, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a staple shown in Table 1.
73. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-71, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a stitch shown in Table 1.
74. The cross-linked peptide of claim 72, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprise two or more staples selected from Table 1.
75. The cross-linked peptide of claim 72, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprises at least one staple and at least one stitch shown in Table 1.
76. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-75, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are positioned between Xaa7 and Xaa14.
77. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-76, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link includes one or more staples in which the at least two amino acids are separated by 6 amino acids.
78. The cross-linked peptides of claims 69-77, wherein the internal cross-link is located at a position shown in SEQ ID NOs:2-21.
79. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the cross-linked peptides of claims 69-78.
80. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the cross-linked peptides of claims 69-78 and one or more HDM2 modulating agents.
81. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein the one or more HDM2 modulating agents comprises Nutlin-3.
comprises :
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino aci peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence witl-the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more o interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a cons not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of t]
SEQ ID NO:22 23. A method for increasing p53 activity in a cell, the method comprising:
obtaining a cell that encodes or expresses p53 (e.g., functional p53);
contacting the cell with a HDMX modulating agent and an HDM2 modulating agent, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C, thereby increasing p53 activity in the cell.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 30% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 30%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide; or SEQ ID NO:22;
wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the p53 is human p53.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
27. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
28. The method of claim 23, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
29. The method of claim 23, wherein the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
30. The method of claim 23, wherein the cell is in vitro.
31. The method of claim 23, wherein the cell is in a subject.
32. The method of claim 28, wherein the subject is a subject that has cancer.
33. A method for selecting a treatment for cancer in a subject, the method comprising:
detecting whether functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed in a biological sample comprising or obtained from an abnormally proliferating cell or cancer cell from a subject;
if functional p53 is encoded or can be expressed, detecting the level of HDM2, or HDMX, or both, in the sample;
selecting a treatment from the group consisting of:
(i) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent;
(ii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDMX modulating agent; and (iii) a treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising a HDM2 modulating agent and a HDMX
modulating agent, wherein treatment (i) is selected if the level of HDM2 is substantially greater than the level of HDMX in the sample, treatment (ii) is selected if the level of HDMX is substantially greater than the level of HDM2 in the sample, and treatment (iii) is selected if the levels of HDM2 and HDMX are about equal in the sample, thereby selecting a treatment for cancer in the subject; and administering to the subject a treatment in accordance with treatment (i), (ii), or (iii), wherein the selecting of a treatment and the administering of a treatment steps are performed by independent or the same parties at the same or different times.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent of (i) is not a stapled peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (i) is selected if HDM2 is expressed and HDMX is not expressed.
36. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (ii) is selected if HDMX is expressed and HDM2 is not expressed.
37. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment (iii) comprises administering the HDM2 inhibitor and the HDMX inhibitor simultaneously or separately.
38. The method of claim 33, wherein the step of detecting the level of HDMX
comprises detecting the presence of a p53-HDMX complex.
39. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the p53 is human p53.
41. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
42. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
43. The methods of claim 33, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
44. The method of claim 33, wherein the dose of the HDMX modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent in treatment (iii) is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
45. A composition comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and one or more HDM2 modulating agents.
46. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 85% identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
47. The composition of claim 46, wherein the p53 is human p53.
48. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX modulating is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
49. The composition of claim 45, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
50. The composition of claim 45, wherein one or more HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
51. An isolated protein complex consisting of p53 and HDMX.
52. An antibody that binds specifically to the isolated protein complex of claim 51.
53. A method for using the isolated protein complex of claim 51 in cancer diagnostics or for monitoring treatment efficacy.
54. A method for using the isolated protein complex of claim 51 for developing personalized therapeutic methods for treating cancer in a subject.
55. A kit comprising:
compositions for detecting p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex; and instructions for developing a personalized treatment regimen for the treatment of cancer in a subject with cancer based on the detection of one or more of p53 and one or more of HDMX, HDM2, and/or a p53-HDMX complex.
56. A kit comprising one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents; one or more devices suitable for administration of the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents;
and instructions providing how the one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents should be administered.
57. A combined kit comprising the kit of claim 55 and the kit of claim 56.
58. A method of treating a subject scheduled to receive radiation therapy, the method comprising administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy.
59. A method of treating a subject with cancer, the method comprising administering to the subject one or more HDMX modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents prior to at least one dose of radiation therapy and exposing the subject to radiation therapy.
60. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered locally, such as orally, to the gut of the subject.
61. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the one or more HDMX
modulating agents and/or one or more HDM2 modulating agents are administered systemically.
62. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent comprises:
a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least 60% identity to the transactivation domain of p53; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are conserved; or a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence with at least at least 60%
identity to the transactivation domain of p53, wherein one or more of the amino acids on the interacting face of the peptide are substituted with a conservative amino acid that does not disrupt the binding activity of the interacting face of the peptide, wherein the peptide is crosslinked by an internal crosslinker.
63. The method of claim 62, wherein the p53 is human p53.
64. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
65. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDMX modulating agent is SAH-p53-8.
66. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is Nutlin-3.
67. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the dose of the HDMX
modulating agent and the HDM2 modulating agent is a synergistic dose or an additive dose.
68. The method of one of claims 58-59, wherein the HDM2 modulating agent is not a cross-linked peptide shown in FIG. 1C.
69. An internally cross-linked polypeptide comprising at least six contiguous amino acids of the amino acid sequence Xaa1-Xaa2-Xaa3-Xaa4-Xaa5-Phe6-Xaa7-Xaa8-Xaa9-Trp10-Xaa11-Xaa12-Leu13-Xaa14-Xaa15-Xaa16(SEQ ID NO: 22), wherein:
Xaa1 is Leu or Gln, or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu or Gln or Ala;
Xaa5 is Thr or Ala;
Phe6 is Phe or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa7= Ser;
Xaa8 = Asp or Asn or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu;
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trp10 is Trp or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa11 = Lys or a positively charged amino acid;
Xaa12 is Leu or Lys, or Ala;
Leu13 is Leu or a conservative substitution thereof;
Xaa14= Pro or is missing;
Xaa15= Glu, or Gln or Ala, or any amino acid other than Asp and Glu, or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein the side chains of at least two amino acids separated by two, three, or six amino acids are replaced by an internal cross-link.
70. The internally cross-linked peptide of claim 69, wherein:
Xaa1 is Leu or is missing;
Xaa2 is Ser or is missing;
Xaa3 is Gln or is missing;
Xaa4is Glu;
Xaa5 is Thr;
Phe6 is Phe;
Xaa7 is Ser;
Xaa8 is Asp;
Xaa9 is Leu;
Trp10 is Trp;
Xaa11 is Lys;
Xaa12 is Leu;
Leu13 is Leu;
Xaa14 is Pro or is missing;
Xaa15 is Glu, or is missing;
Xaa16 is Asn or is missing, wherein: one, two, and/or three of Phe6, Trp10, and/or Leu13 are replaced by a conservative amino acid substitution that does not alter the interaction between the binding face of the peptide and HDMX; and/or amino acids outside residues corresponding to Phe6, Trp10, and/or Leu13are at least 30% (e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 100%) identical to the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 or SEQ ID NO:2.
71. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69 or 70, wherein the amino acid sequence is SEQ ID NO: 10.
72. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-71, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a staple shown in Table 1.
73. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-71, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are selected from a stitch shown in Table 1.
74. The cross-linked peptide of claim 72, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprise two or more staples selected from Table 1.
75. The cross-linked peptide of claim 72, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link comprises at least one staple and at least one stitch shown in Table 1.
76. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-75, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link are positioned between Xaa7 and Xaa14.
77. The cross-linked peptide of claims 69-76, wherein the at least two amino acids with side chains replaced by an internal cross-link includes one or more staples in which the at least two amino acids are separated by 6 amino acids.
78. The cross-linked peptides of claims 69-77, wherein the internal cross-link is located at a position shown in SEQ ID NOs:2-21.
79. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the cross-linked peptides of claims 69-78.
80. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the cross-linked peptides of claims 69-78 and one or more HDM2 modulating agents.
81. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein the one or more HDM2 modulating agents comprises Nutlin-3.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US41319910P | 2010-11-12 | 2010-11-12 | |
US61/413,199 | 2010-11-12 | ||
PCT/US2011/060647 WO2012065181A2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-14 | Cancer therapies and diagnostics |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2817568A1 true CA2817568A1 (en) | 2012-05-18 |
Family
ID=46051616
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2817568A Abandoned CA2817568A1 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-14 | Cancer therapies and diagnostics |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US10822374B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2637680B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2014502152A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2011325910B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2817568A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012065181A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7192713B1 (en) | 1999-05-18 | 2007-03-20 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Stabilized compounds having secondary structure motifs |
AU2008210434C8 (en) | 2007-01-31 | 2014-03-27 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Stabilized p53 peptides and uses thereof |
BRPI0809366B8 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2021-05-25 | Harvard College | substantially alpha-helical polypeptide, method for manufacturing same, amino acid and pharmaceutical composition |
US8859723B2 (en) | 2010-08-13 | 2014-10-14 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles |
CN108929375A (en) | 2011-10-18 | 2018-12-04 | 爱勒让治疗公司 | Peptidomimetic macrocyclic compound |
US8927500B2 (en) | 2012-02-15 | 2015-01-06 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles |
US8987414B2 (en) | 2012-02-15 | 2015-03-24 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Triazole-crosslinked and thioether-crosslinked peptidomimetic macrocycles |
SG11201502584XA (en) * | 2012-10-01 | 2015-05-28 | Agency Science Tech & Res | Peptides and methods for treating cancer |
JP6526563B2 (en) | 2012-11-01 | 2019-06-05 | エイルロン セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Disubstituted amino acids and methods for their preparation and use |
KR20150131244A (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2015-11-24 | 프레지던트 앤드 펠로우즈 오브 하바드 칼리지 | Stapled and stitched polypeptides and uses thereof |
CN105492460A (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-04-13 | 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 | Stabilized polypeptide insulin receptor modulators |
US10328058B2 (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2019-06-25 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Treating atherosclerosis by removing senescent foam cell macrophages from atherosclerotic plaques |
MX2016009753A (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2017-07-07 | Buck Inst For Res On Aging | Methods and compositions for killing senescent cells and for treating senescence-associated diseases and disorders. |
US20170216286A1 (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2017-08-03 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Killing senescent cells and treating senescence-associated conditions using a src inhibitor and a flavonoid |
CN106573032B (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2022-03-18 | 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 | RAS inhibitory peptides and uses thereof |
SG10201902594QA (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2019-04-29 | Aileron Therapeutics Inc | Peptidomimetic macrocycles and uses thereof |
US10905739B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2021-02-02 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles and formulations thereof |
MX2017011834A (en) | 2015-03-20 | 2018-04-11 | Aileron Therapeutics Inc | Peptidomimetic macrocycles and uses thereof. |
WO2016172187A1 (en) * | 2015-04-20 | 2016-10-27 | H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. | Methods and compositions related to kras inhibitors |
KR20160126340A (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2016-11-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Three-helix bundle protein and use thereof |
WO2017004548A1 (en) | 2015-07-01 | 2017-01-05 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles |
US9765117B2 (en) | 2015-08-24 | 2017-09-19 | Romek Figa | Peptides for treating cancer |
EP3347372A4 (en) | 2015-09-10 | 2019-09-04 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles as modulators of mcl-1 |
US11278521B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2022-03-22 | University Of South Florida | GAS5 binding compounds, formulations, and uses thereof |
AU2017238390A1 (en) * | 2016-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Compositions, assays, and methods for targeting HDM2 and HDMX to reverse the inhibition of p53 in pediatric cancers |
KR20200064075A (en) | 2017-09-07 | 2020-06-05 | 포그 파마슈티컬스 인코포레이티드 | Formulations and methods of modulating beta-catenin function |
CN112119085A (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-12-22 | 丹娜-法伯癌症研究院有限公司 | Stable peptide-mediated targeted protein degradation |
US20200408746A1 (en) | 2018-03-14 | 2020-12-31 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Stabilized Peptides for Biomarker Detection |
WO2020023502A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-01-30 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles and uses thereof |
CN110256551A (en) * | 2019-03-13 | 2019-09-20 | 中山大学附属第五医院 | The polypeptide of specific bond DDX24 unwindase and its application |
CN111793606B (en) * | 2019-04-08 | 2022-04-12 | 中国农业大学 | Method for improving CRISPR/Cas9-mediated homologous repair efficiency |
CN111617251B (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-03-05 | 四川大学 | Use of MDM4 inhibitors as medicaments for the treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma |
US20230330238A1 (en) | 2020-10-14 | 2023-10-19 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Chimeric conjugates for degradation of viral and host proteins and methods of use |
Family Cites Families (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5446090A (en) | 1993-11-12 | 1995-08-29 | Shearwater Polymers, Inc. | Isolatable, water soluble, and hydrolytically stable active sulfones of poly(ethylene glycol) and related polymers for modification of surfaces and molecules |
US20020064546A1 (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2002-05-30 | J. Milton Harris | Degradable poly(ethylene glycol) hydrogels with controlled half-life and precursors therefor |
CA2316834C (en) | 1998-01-07 | 2006-01-03 | Shearwater Polymers, Inc. | Degradable heterobifunctional poly(ethylene glycol) acrylates and gels and conjugates derived therefrom |
US7192713B1 (en) | 1999-05-18 | 2007-03-20 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Stabilized compounds having secondary structure motifs |
US6348558B1 (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2002-02-19 | Shearwater Corporation | Hydrolytically degradable polymers and hydrogels made therefrom |
BR0001870B1 (en) | 2000-05-29 | 2014-02-25 | Peptide, peptide production process, formulation comprising peptide, parasite, fungal and bacterial growth prevention method, method for inactivating gram-negative endotoxin | |
CA2328433A1 (en) | 2000-12-20 | 2002-06-20 | Hydro-Quebec | Cross-linkable low tg fluorosulfonated nitrile elastomers with a vinylidene fluoride base and not containing either tetrafluoroethylene or the siloxane group |
WO2004003003A1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-08 | The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine | Methods for identifying cancer risk |
AU2003300904A1 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2004-07-09 | The Ohio State University | Antagonists for human prolactin |
PT1680443E (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2013-12-11 | Harvard College | Stabilized alpha helical peptides and uses thereof |
US7407929B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2008-08-05 | Boston Biomedical Research Institute | Leptin peptide antagonists |
WO2008076904A1 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2008-06-26 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Bis-sulfhydryl macrocyclization systems |
AU2008210434C8 (en) | 2007-01-31 | 2014-03-27 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Stabilized p53 peptides and uses thereof |
WO2008104000A2 (en) | 2007-02-23 | 2008-08-28 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Triazole macrocycle systems |
WO2008106507A2 (en) | 2007-02-27 | 2008-09-04 | University Of South Florida | Mdm2/mdmx inhibitor peptide |
BRPI0809366B8 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2021-05-25 | Harvard College | substantially alpha-helical polypeptide, method for manufacturing same, amino acid and pharmaceutical composition |
WO2008130614A2 (en) * | 2007-04-20 | 2008-10-30 | University Of Pittsburg-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Selective and dual-action p53/mdm2/mdm4 antagonists |
WO2009025751A1 (en) | 2007-08-18 | 2009-02-26 | The Scripps Research Institute | Pyridazine based alpha-helix mimetics |
CA2713089C (en) | 2008-01-23 | 2017-11-21 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute | Compositions and methods for the treatment of viral infections |
CN104474529A (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2015-04-01 | 爱勒让治疗公司 | Therapeutic peptidomimetic macrocycles |
WO2009126292A2 (en) * | 2008-04-08 | 2009-10-15 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Biologically active peptidomimetic macrocycles |
WO2010011864A2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2010-01-28 | The Scripps Research Institute | Alpha-helix mimetic with functionalized pyridazine |
AR073578A1 (en) * | 2008-09-15 | 2010-11-17 | Priaxon Ag | PIRROLIDIN-2-ONAS |
EP2342222B1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2018-03-21 | Aileron Therapeutics, Inc. | Peptidomimetic macrocycles |
US20100113466A1 (en) | 2008-10-08 | 2010-05-06 | The Scripps Research Institute | Oxazole-pyridazine-oxazole alpha-helix mimetic |
EP3124494B1 (en) | 2008-12-09 | 2019-06-19 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Methods and compositions for specific modulation of mcl-1 |
CA2761568C (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2020-10-13 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Structured viral peptide compositions and methods of use |
-
2011
- 2011-11-14 AU AU2011325910A patent/AU2011325910B2/en active Active
- 2011-11-14 WO PCT/US2011/060647 patent/WO2012065181A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-11-14 EP EP11840559.6A patent/EP2637680B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2011-11-14 US US13/884,709 patent/US10822374B2/en active Active
- 2011-11-14 CA CA2817568A patent/CA2817568A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-11-14 JP JP2013538981A patent/JP2014502152A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2637680A2 (en) | 2013-09-18 |
WO2012065181A3 (en) | 2012-09-27 |
EP2637680B1 (en) | 2017-03-01 |
WO2012065181A2 (en) | 2012-05-18 |
US20140018302A1 (en) | 2014-01-16 |
US10822374B2 (en) | 2020-11-03 |
EP2637680A4 (en) | 2014-07-16 |
AU2011325910A1 (en) | 2013-05-09 |
AU2011325910B2 (en) | 2016-03-24 |
JP2014502152A (en) | 2014-01-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2011325910B2 (en) | Cancer therapies and diagnostics | |
EP2118123B1 (en) | Stabilized p53 peptides and uses thereof | |
AU2018385697B2 (en) | Stabilized peptide-mediated targeted protein degradation | |
US10308926B2 (en) | Stablized EZH2 peptides | |
EP2858661B1 (en) | Stabilized antiviral fusion helices | |
US20240075099A1 (en) | COMPOSITIONS, ASSAYS, AND METHODS FOR TARGETING HDM2 AND HDMX TO REVERSE THE INHIBITION OF p53 IN PEDIATRIC CANCERS | |
EP3270945A2 (en) | Selective mcl-1 binding peptides | |
US11078246B2 (en) | Peptides binding to Bfl-1 | |
US20200352899A1 (en) | BCL-W Polypeptides and Mimetics for Treating or Preventing Chemotherapy-Induced Peripheral Neuropathy and Hearing Loss | |
AU2013231104B2 (en) | Stabilized p53 peptides and uses thereof | |
AU2016210709A1 (en) | Stabilized p53 peptides and uses thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20161018 |
|
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20230222 |
|
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20230222 |